ARTHROPODICIDAL AND FUNGICIDAL CYCLIC AMIDES

Abstract: Compounds of Formula (I), and their N-oxides and agriculturally suitable salts, are disclosed which are useful as fungicides and arthropodicides, wherein A is O; S; N; NR<5>; or CR<14>; G is C or N; provided that when G is C, then A is O, S or NR<5> and the floating double bond is attached to G; and when G is N, then A is N or CR<14> and the floating double bond is attached to A; W is O; S; NH; N(C1-C6alkyl); or NO(C1-C6alkyl); X is OR<1>; S(O)mR<1>; or halogen; R<1> is C1-C6alkyl; C1-C6haloalkyl; C2-C6alkenyl; C2-C6haloalkenyl; C2-C6alkynyl; C2-C6haloalkynyl; C3-C6cycloalkyl; C2-C4alkylcarbonyl; or C2-C4alkoxycarbonyl; R<2> is H; C1-C6alkyl; C1-C6haloalkyl; C2-C6alkenyl; C2-C6haloalkenyl; C2-C6alkynyl; C2-C6haloalkynyl; C3-C6cycloalkyl; C2-C4alkylcarbonyl; C2-C4alkoxycarbonyl; hydroxy; C1-C2alkoxy; or acetyloxy; m is 0, 1 or 2; and E, R<5>, Y, Z and R<14> are as defined in the disclosure. Also disclosed are compositions containing the compounds of Formula (I) and a method for controlling plant diseases caused by fungal plant pathogens which involves applying an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I). Also disclosed are compositions containing the compounds of Formula (I) and a method for controlling arthropods which involves contacting the arthropods or their environment with an effective amount of a compound of formula (I).

Description: TITLE ARTHROPODICIDAL AND FUNGICIDAL CYCLIC AMIDES BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION This invention relates to certain cyclic amides, their N-oxides, agriculturally suitable salts and compositions, and methods of their use as fungicides and arthropodicides. The control of plant diseases caused by fungal plant pathogens is extremely important in achieving high crop efficiency. Plant disease damage to ornamental, vegetable, field, cereal, and fruit crops can cause significant reduction in productivity and thereby result in increased costs to the consumers. The control of arthropod pests is also extremely important in achieving high crop efficiency. Arthropod damage to growing and stored agronomic crops can cause significant reduction in productivity and thereby result in increased costs to the consumer. The control of arthropod pests in forestry, greenhouse crops, ornamentals, nursery crops, stored food and fiber products, livestock, household, and public and animal health is also important. Many products are commercially available for these purposes, but the need continues for new compounds which are more effective, less costly, less toxic, environmentally safer or have different modes of action. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION This invention is directed to compounds of Formula I including all geometric and stereoisomers, N-oxides, and agriculturally suitable salts thereof, agricultural compositions containing them and their use as fungicides and arthropodicides: I wherein E is selected from: i) 1,2-phenylene optionally substituted with one of R 3 , R 4 , or both R 3 and R 4 ; ii) a naphthalene ring, provided that when G and Y are attached to the same ring, then G and Y are attached to adjacent ring members, the naphthalene ring optionally substituted with one of R 3 , R 4 , or both R 3 and R 4 ; and iii) a ring system selected from 5 to 12-membered monocyclic and fused bicyclic aromatic heterocyclic ring systems, each heterocyclic ring system containing 1 to 6 heteroatoms independently selected from the group nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, provided that each heterocyclic ring system contains no more than 4 nitrogens, no more than 2 oxygens, and no more than 2 sulfurs, each fused bicyclic ring system optionally containing one nonaromatic ring that optionally includes one or two Q as ring members and optionally includes one or two ring members independently selected from C(=O) and S(O> 2 , provided that G is attached to an aromatic ring, and when G and Y are attached to the same ring, then G and Y are attached to adjacent ring members, each aromatic heterocyclic ring system optionally substituted with one of R 3 , R 4 , or both R 3 and R 4 ; A is O; S; N; NR 5 ; or CR 14 ; G is C or N; provided that when G is C, then A is O, S or NR 5 and the floating double bond is attached to G; and when G is N, then A is N or CR 14 and the floating double bond is attached to A; W is O; S; NH; N(C,-C 6 alkyl); or NO(C r C 6 alkyl); X is OR 1 ; S-OJ r nR 1 ; or halogen; R 1 is C,-C 6 alkyl; C r C 6 haloalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; C 2 -C6 haloalkynyl; C 3 -Cg cycloalkyl; C 2 -C alkylcarbonyl; or C2-C 4 alkoxy carbonyl; R 2 is H; C r C 6 alkyl; C r C 6 haloalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkynyl; C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; C 2 -C 4 alkylcarbonyl; C 2 -C 4 alkoxycarbonyl; hydroxy; C J -C2 alkoxy; or acetyloxy; R 3 and R 4 are each independently halogen; cyano; nitro; hydroxy; Ci-Cg alkyl; C,-C 6 haloalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkynyl; C]-C 6 alkoxy; C C 6 haloalkoxy; C 2 -C 6 alkenyloxy; C 2 -C, alkynyloxy; Cj-C 6 alkylthio; Ct-Cβ alkylsulfmyl; Ct-Cg alkylsulfonyl; formyl; C 2 -Cg alkylcarbonyl; C2-Cg alkoxycarbonyl; NH 2 C(O); (C,-C 4 alkyl)NHC(O (C r C 4 alkyl) 2 NC(O); Si(R 25 ) 3 ; Ge(R 25 ) 3 ; (R 25 ) 3 Si-C * =C-; or phenyl, phenylethynyl, benzoyl or phenylsulfonyl, each substituted with R 8 and optionally substituted with one or more R 10 ; or when E is 1,2-phenylene and R 3 and R 4 are attached to adjacent atoms, R 3 and R 4 can be taken together as C 3 -C 5 alkylene, C 3 -C 5 haloalkylene, C 3 -C 5 alkenylene or C 3 -C 5 haloaikenylene, each optionally substituted with 1-2 C,-C 3 alkyl; R 5 is H; C r C 6 alkyl; C r C 6 haloalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkynyl; C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; C 2 -C 4 alkylcarbonyl; or C2-C 4 alkoxycarbonyl; Y is -O-; -S(O) n -; -NR' 5 -; -C(=O)-; -CH(ORlS)-; -CHR6-; -CHR^CHRό-; -CR 6 =CR 6 -; -C≡C-; -CHR 15 O- ; -OCHR 15 -; -CHR 15 S(O) n -; -S(O) n CHR 15 -; -CHRl5θ-N=C(R 7 )-; -(R7)C=N-OCH(R 1 5)-; -C(R )=N-O-; -O-N=C(R 7 )-; -CHRl5OC(=O)N(R 15 )-; -CHR l5 OC(=S)N(Rl5)-; -CHR 15 OC(=O)O-; -CHR l 5OC(=S)O-; -CHR l5 OC(=O)S-; -CHR 15 SC(=O)O-; -CHR»5SC(=S)0-; -CHR 15 SC(=O)S-; -CHR l5 SC(=S)S-; -CHR 15 SC(=NR 15 )S-; -CHR 15 N(R 15 )C(=O)N(R 15 )-; -CHR 15 O-N(R 15 )C(=O)N(Rl5).; .CHR 1 5O-N(R 15 )C(=S)N(R 15 )-; -CHR 15 O-N=C(R7)NRl5. ; -CHR 15 O-N=C(R 7 )OCH 2 -; -CHR 15 O-N=C(R 7 )-N=N-; -CHR , 5 O-N=C(R 7 )-C(=O)-; -CHR 15 O-N=C(R 7 )-C(=N-A -Z - )-A > -; -CHRl 5 O-N=C(R 7 )-C(R )=N-A -A -; -CHR 15 O-N=C(-C(R 7 )=N-A 2 -Z 1 )-; -CHR 15 O-N=C(R 7 )-CH 2 O-; -CHR 15 O-N=C(R 7 )-CH 2 S-; -CHR 15 S-C(R 7 )=N-; -C(R )=N-NR 1 5- ; -CH=N-N=C(R 7 )-; -CHR 15 N(R 15 )-N=C(R 7 )-; -CHR 15 N(COCH 3 )-N=C(R 7 )-; -OC(=S)NR 15 C(=O)-; -CHR6-C(=Wl)-A'-; -CHR6CHR 6 -C(=W1)-A1-; -CR6=CR 6 -C(=Wl)-A 1 -; -C≡C-CC-^W^-A 1 -; -N=CR6-C(=W1)-A 1 -; or a direct bond; and the directionality of the Y linkage is defined such that the moiety depicted on the left side of the linkage is bonded to E and the moiety on the right side of the linkage is bonded to Z; Z> is H or -A -Z 2 ; W 1 is O or S; A 1 is O; S; NR 15 ; or a direct bond; A 2 is O; NR 15 ; or a direct bond; A 3 is -C(=O)-; -S(O) 2 -; or a direct bond; Z 2 is selected from: i) C j -Cio alkyl, C2-C10 alkenyl and C2-C10 alkynyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R ' ° ; ii) C -Cg cycloalkyl, C 3 -Cg cycloalkenyl and phenyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R 10 ; iii) a ring system selected from 3 to 14-membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic and fused tricyclic nonaromatic heterocyclic ring systems and 5 to 14-membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic and fused tricyclic aromatic heterocyclic ring systems, each heterocyclic ring system containing 1 to 6 heteroatoms independently selected from the group nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, provided that each heterocyclic ring system contains no more than 4 nitrogens, no more than 2 oxygens, and no more than 2 sulfurs, each nonaromatic or aromatic heterocyclic ring system optionally substituted with one or more R 10 ; iv) a multicyclic ring system selected from 8 to 14-membered fused-bicyclic and fused-tricyclic ring systems which are an aromatic carbocyclic ring system, a nonaromatic carbocyclic ring system, or a ring system containing one or two nonaromatic rings that each include one or two Q as ring members and one or two ring members independently selected from C(=O) and S(O)2, and any remaining rings as aromatic carbocyclic rings, each multicyclic ring system optionally substituted with one or more R 10 ; and v) adamantyl optionally substituted with one or more R 10 ; each R 6 is independently H; 1-2 CH 3 ; C 2 -C 3 alkyl; C r C 3 alkoxy; C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; formylamino; C 2 -C alkylcarbonylamino; C -C alkoxycarbonylamino; NH 2 C(O)NH; (C r C 3 alkyl)NHC(O)NH; (C , -C 3 alkyl) 2 NC(O)NH; N(C • -C 3 alkyl) 2 ; piperidinyl; mo holinyl; 1 -2 halogen; cyano; or nitro; each R 7 is independently H; C1-C6 alkyl; C Cg haloalkyl; Ct- alkoxy; C Cg haloalkoxy; Ci-Cg alkylthio; Ci-Cg alkylsulfinyl; Ci-Cg alkylsulfonyl; C r C 6 haloalkylthio; Cj-Cg haloalkylsulfinyl; Ci-Cs haloalkylsulfonyl; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkynyl; C 3 -Cg cycloalkyl; C 2 -C 4 alkylcarbonyl; C 2 -C 4 alkoxycarbonyl; halogen; cyano; nitro; hydroxy; amino; NH(Cι-C£ alkyl); N(C j -Cg alkyl)2; or moφholinyl; Z is selected from: i) C -C 8 cycloalkyl, C -Cg cycloalkenyl and phenyl, each substituted with R 9 and optionally substituted with one or more R 10 ; ii) a ring system selected from 3 to 14-membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic and fused tricyclic nonaromatic heterocyclic ring systems and 5 to 14-membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic and fused tricyclic aromatic heterocyclic ring systems, each heterocyclic ring system containing 1 to 6 heteroatoms independently selected from the group nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, provided that each heterocyclic ring system contains no more than 4 nitrogens, no more than 2 oxygens, and no more than 2 sulfurs, each nonaromatic or aromatic heterocyclic ring system substituted with R 9 and optionally substituted with one or more R l ° ; iii) a multicyclic ring system selected from 8 to 14-membered fused-bicyclic and fused-tricyclic ring systems which are an aromatic carbocyclic ring system, a nonaromatic carbocyclic ring system, or a ring system containing one or two nonaromatic rings that each include one or two Q as ring members and one or two ring members independently selected from C(=O) and S(O)2, and any remaining rings as aromatic carbocyclic rings, each multicyclic ring system substituted with R 9 and optionally substituted with one or more R ' °; and iv) adamantyl substituted with R 9 and optionally substituted with one or more R 10 ; each Q is independently selected from the group -CHR 13 -, -NR 13 -, -O- and -S(O)p-; R 8 is H; 1-2 halogen; C C 6 alkyl; C r C 6 haloalkyl; C r C 6 alkoxy; C r C 6 haloalkoxy; C 2 - alkenyl; C 2 -C $ haloalkenyl; C 2 -Cg alkynyl; C r C 6 alkylthio; C r C 6 haloalkylthio; Ci-Cg alkylsulfinyl; Cj-Cg alkylsulfonyl; C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; C 3 -C 6 alkenyloxy; CO 2 (C,-C 6 alkyl); NH(C,-C 6 alkyl); N(C r C 6 alkyl) 2 ; cyano; nitro; SiR 19 R 0 R 21 ; or GeR 1 9R20 R 2 i ; R 9 is C r C 6 alkyl substituted with 2-3 C r C 3 alkoxy; C 2 -C alkynyl substituted with one hydroxy or 1-3 C C alkoxy; C 2 -C 6 haloalkynyl; C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl substituted with at least one member selected from 1-4 halogen, 1-2 C ] -C 3 alkyl, 1-2 Cι-C 3 alkoxy and one Z 3 ; C 3 -Cg cycloalkenyl or C 3 -C 6 cycloalkoxy each optionally substituted with at least one member selected from 1-2 halogen, 1-2 C ] -C 3 alkyl, 1-2 Cι-C 3 alkoxy and one Z 3 ; adamantyl; C 2 -C 6 alkoxyalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkylthioalkyl; C 2 -C 6 cyanoalkyl; C 3 -Cg alkoxy alkynyl; C7-C10 tetrahydropyranyloxyalkynyl; Cj-C 3 alkoxy substituted with cyano, C(=O)OR 26 or C(=O)N(R 2 6) 2 ; C 3 -C 6 haloalkenyloxy; C 3 -C 6 alkynyloxy; C 3 -C 6 haloalkynyloxy; C 2 -C 6 alkoxyalkoxy; C5-C9 trialkylsilylalkoxy alkoxy; C2-Cg alkylthioalkoxy; C r C 3 alkylthio substituted with cyano, C(=O)OR 26 or C(=O)N(R 2 6) 2 ; C r C 6 haloalkylsulfinyl; C r C 6 haloalkylsulfonyl; C 3 -C 6 alkenylthio; C 3 -C 6 haloalkenylthio; C 3 -C6 alkynylthio; C 3 -C 6 haloalkynylthio; C 2 -Cg alkoxyalkylthio; C 2 -Cg alkylthioalkylthio; thiocyanato; hydroxy; mercapto; amino; N(R 6 )(R »); SiR 22 R R 24 ; GeR R 2 R 24 ; (R 2 5) 3 Si-C * - * €-; OSi(R 5) 3 ; OGe(R 2 5) 3 ; C(=O)R 29 ; C(=S)R 2 6; C(=O)OR <>; C(=S)OR -5; C(=O)SR 26 ; C(=S)SR 2( 5; C(=O)N(R 2 6) 2 ; C(=S)N(R 2 6) 2 ; C(=NR 6)OR 27 ; OC(=O)R 26 ; OC(=S)R 2( 5; SC(=O)R 26 ; SC(=S)R 26 ; N(R 6)C(=O)R 6; N(R 2 6)C(=S)R 26 ; OC(=O)OR 27 ; OC(=O)SR 27 ; OC(=O)N(R 2 6) 2 ; SC(=O)OR 27 ; SC(=O)SR 27 ; S(O) 2 OR 26 ; S(O) 2 N(R -5) 2 ; OS(O) 2 R 27 ; or N(R 26 )S(O) 2 R 27 ; or R 9 is benzyloxy, benzyloxymethyl, phenylethynyl, phenoxy methyl, phenylthio, phenylsulfonyl, benzylthio, pyridinylmethyl, pyridinylmethyloxy, pyridinyloxymethyl, pyridinylethynyl, pyridinylthio, thienylmethyl, thienylthio, furanylmethyl, furanyloxy, furanylthio, pyrimidinylmethyl or pyrimidinylthio, each optionally substituted on the aromatic ring with one of R 1 ', R 12 , or both R 1 1 and R 12 ; or R 9 is C 2 -C 6 alkyl or C 2 -C alkoxy substituted with 1 -2 phenyl, naphthalenyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, thienyl or furanyl, each aromatic ring optionally substituted with one of R 1 •, R 12 , or both R 1 1 and R 12 ; or R 9 is -A -Z 4 ; each R 10 is independently halogen; C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 C,-C 3 alkoxy; C r C 4 haloalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkynyl; C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkoxyalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkylthioalkyl; C 2 -C 6 cyanoalkyl; C 3 -C 6 alkoxyalkynyl; C 7 -Cι 0 tetrahydropyranyloxyalkynyl; benzyloxymethyl; Ct-C alkoxy; C r C 4 haloalkoxy; C 3 -C 6 alkenyloxy; C 3 -C 6 haloalkenyloxy; C 3 -C 6 alkynyloxy; C j -C haloalkynyloxy; C 3 -Cg cycloalkoxy; C 2 -C,5 alkoxyalkoxy; C5-C9 trialkylsilylalkoxyalkoxy; C 2 -C 6 alkylthioalkoxy; C t -C 4 alkylthio; C j -C haloalkylthio; Cj-C 4 alkylsulfinyl; C C 4 haloalkylsulfinyl; C j -C 4 alkylsulfonyl; C1-C4 haloalkylsulfonyl; C 3 -Cg alkenylthio; C 3 -C6 haloalkenylthio; C 3 -Cg alkynylthio; C 3 -C 6 haloalkynylthio; C 2 -C 6 alkoxyalkylthio; C2-C6 alkylthioalkylthio; nitro; cyano; thiocyanato; hydroxy; mercapto; N(R 26 ) 2 ; SF 5 ; Si(R 25 ) 3 ; Ge(R 25 ) 3 ; (R 25 ) 3 Si-C=C-; OSi(R 25 ) 3 ; OGe(R 2 5) 3 ; -C(R 18 )=NOR 17 ; C(=O)R 26 ; C(=S)R <5; C(=O)OR 26 ; C(=S)OR 26 ; C(=O)SR 26 ; C(=S)SR 26 ; C(=O)N(R 6) 2 ; C(=S)N(R 6 ) 2 ; C(=NR 6 )OR 27 ; OC(=O)R 2 6; OC(=S)R 26 ; SC(=O)R 2 6 ; SC(=S)R 26 ; N(R 26 )C(=O)R 26 ; N(R 2 -5)C(=S)R 26 ; OC(=O)OR 27 ; OC(=O)SR 27 ; OC(=O)N(R 2 6) 2 ; SC(=O)OR 27 ; SC(=O)SR 27 ; S(O) 2 OR 26 ; S(O) 2 N(R 26 )2; OS(O) 2 R 27 ; N(R 6 )S(O) 2 R 27 ; or phenyl, benzyl or phenoxy, each optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one of R 1 ', R 12 , or both R π and R 12 ; or when Y and an R 10 are attached to adjacent atoms on Z and Y is -CHR 1 5O-N=C(R 7 )-, -O-N=C(R 7 )-, -O-CH 2 CH 2 O-N=C(R 7 )-, -CHR 15 O-C(R l5 )=C(R 7 )-, -CH=N-N=C(R 7 )-, -CHR 15 N(R 15 )-N=C(R 7 )- or -CHR 15 N(COCH 3 )-N=C(R 7 )-, R 7 and said adjacently attached R 10 can be taken together as -(CH 2 ) r J- such that J is attached to Z; J is -CH 2 -; -CH 2 CH 2 -; -OCH 2 -; -CH 2 O-; -SCH 2 -; -CH 2 S-; -N(R 1 «)CH 2 s or -CH 2 N(R 16 )-; each CH group of said J optionally substituted with 1 to 2 CH 3 ; Z 3 is phenyl, naphthalenyl, lH-pyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, lH-pyrazolyl, lH-imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiazolyl, lH-l,2,3-triazolyl, 2H-l,2,3-triazolyl, lH-l,2,4-triazolyl, 4H-l,2,4-triazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2.5-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1 ,2,5-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, lH-tetrazolyl, 2H-tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl or 1,2,4,5-tetrazinyl, each optionally substituted with one of R 11 , R 12 , or both R 1 ' and R 12 ; A 4 is O; S; straight-chain or branched Cj-Cg alkylene; or a direct bond; Z 4 is selected from: i) lH-pyrrolyl, lH-pyrazolyl, lH-imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiazolyl, lH-l,2,3-triazolyl, 2 -l,2,3-triazolyl, lH-l,2,4-triazoiyl, 4H-l,2,4-triazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, 1 H-tetrazolyl, 2H-tetrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl and 1,2,4,5-tetrazinyl; each optionally substituted with one of R 11 , R • 2 , or both R ' l and R ] 2 ; ii) a ring system selected from 3 to 14-membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic and fused tricyclic nonaromatic heterocyclic ring systems and 8 to 14-membered fused bicyclic and fused tricyclic aromatic heterocyclic ring systems, each heterocyclic ring system containing 1 to 6 heteroatoms independently selected from the group nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, provided that each heterocyclic ring system contains no more than 4 nitrogens, no more than 2 oxygens, and no more than 2 sulfurs, each nonaromatic or aromatic heterocyclic ring system optionally substituted with one of R 1 1 , R 12 , or both R 11 and R 12 ; and iii) a multicyclic ring system selected from 8 to 14-membered fused-bicyclic and fused-tricyclic ring systems which are an aromatic carbocyclic ring system, a nonaromatic carbocyclic ring system, or a ring system containing one or two nonaromatic rings that each include one or two Q as ring members and one or two ring members independently selected from C(=O) and S(O) 2 , and any remaining rings as aromatic carbocyclic rings, each multicyclic ring system optionally substituted with one of R 1 1 , R 12 , or both R> « and R l2 ; each R 1 1 and each R 12 are independently 1-2 halogen; CpC 4 alkyl; Cj-C 4 haloalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkynyl; C 2 -C 6 alkoxyalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkylthioalkyl; C 3 -C 6 alkoxyalkynyl; C 7 -C1 0 tetrahydropyranyloxyalkynyl; benzyloxymethyl; C|-C alkoxy; C r C 4 haloalkoxy; C 3 -C 6 alkenyloxy; C 3 -C« 5 haloalkenyloxy; C 3 -C 6 alkynyloxy; C 3 -C 6 haloalkynyloxy; C 2 -C 6 alkoxyalkoxy; C5-C 9 trialkylsilylalkoxyalkoxy; C 2 -C 6 alkylthioalkoxy; Ct-C 4 alkylthio; C r C 4 haloalkylthio; C C 4 alkylsulfmyl; C 1 -C 4 haloalkylsulfinyl; C C alkylsulfonyl; Cj-C 4 haloalkylsulfonyl; C 3 -C 6 alkenylthio; C 3 -C 6 haloalkenylthio; C2-Cg alkylthioalkylthio; nitro; cyano; thiocyanato; hydroxy; mercapto; N(R 26 ) 2 ; SF 5 ; Si(R 25 ) 3 ; Ge(R 25 ) 3 ; (R 25 ) 3 Si-C * sC-; OSi(R 2 5) 3 ; OGe(R 2 5) 3 ; C(=O)R 2 6; C(=S)R 2 6; C(=O)OR 2 6 ; C(=S)OR 2 6; C(=O)SR 26 ; C(=S)SR 2 6; C(=O)N(R 2 <5) 2 ; C(=S)N(R 2 <>) 2 ; OC(=O)R 26 ; OC(=S)R 26 ; SC(=O)R 2 6; SC(=S)R 2( N(R 6)C(=O)R 26 ; N(R 26 )C(=S)R 26 ; OC(=O)OR 27 ; OC(=O)SR 27 ; OC(=O)N(R 2 6) 2 ; SC(=O)OR 27 ; SC(=O)SR 27 ; S(O) 2 OR 26 ; S(O) 2 N(R 2 6) 2 ; OS(O) 2 R 27 ; N(R 2< 5)S(O) 2 R 27 ; or phenyl, phenoxy, benzyl, benzyloxy, phenylsulfonyl, phenylethynyl or pyridinylethynyl, each optionally substituted on the aromatic ring with 1-2 groups independently selected from halogen, C r C 4 alkyl, C r C 4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, Cj-C 4 haloalkoxy, nitro and cyano; each R 13 is independently H; C--C 6 alkyl; C C 6 haloalkyl; or phenyl optionally substituted with halogen, C r C 4 alkyl, C C haloalkyl, C ] -C 4 alkoxy, C j-C haloalkoxy, nitro or cyano; R 14 is H; halogen; C,-C 6 alkyl; C r C 6 haloalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; C2-Cg haloalkynyl; or C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; each R 15 is independently H; C C 3 alkyl; C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; or phenyl or benzyl, each optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with halogen, C C alkyl, Cj-C 4 haloalkyl, C C alkoxy, C C 4 haloalkoxy, nitro or cyano; or when Y is -CHR 15 N(R l5 )C(=O)N(R 15 )-, the two R 15 attached to nitrogen atoms on said group can be taken together as -(CH 2 ) S -; or when Y is -CHR 15 O-N=C(R 7 )NR 15 -, R 7 and the adjacently attached R 15 can be taken together as -CH 2 -(CH 2 ) S -; -O-(CH 2 ) s -; -S-(CH 2 ) S -; or -N(C C 3 alkyl)-(CH ) s -; with the directionality of said linkage defined such that the moiety depicted on the left side of the linkage is bonded to the carbon and the moiety on the right side of the linkage is bonded to the nitrogen; R 16 , R 17 , and R 18 are each independently H; C,-C 3 alkyl; C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; or phenyl optionally substituted with halogen, C r C 4 alkyl, C r C 4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C--C 4 haloalkoxy, nitro or cyano; R 19 , R 20 , R 21 , R 22 , and R 23 are each independently C,-C 6 alkyl; C r C 4 haloalkyl; C2-C6 alkenyl; CpC alkoxy; or phenyl; R 24 is C,-C 4 haloalkyl; each R 25 is independently C r C 4 alkyl; C r C 4 haloalkyl; C 2 -C 4 alkenyl; C r C 4 alkoxy; or phenyl; each R 26 is independently H; C r C 6 alkyl; C,-C 6 haloalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkynyl; C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; or phenyl or benzyl, each optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with 1-2 groups independently selected from halogen, Cj-C 4 alkyl, Cj-C haloalkyl, C j -C 4 alkoxy, C t -C 4 haloalkoxy, nitro and cyano; each R 27 is independently Ci-Cg alkyl; C r C 6 haloalkyl; C 2 -Cg alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; C -C 6 haloalkynyl; C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; or phenyl or benzyl, each optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with 1 -2 groups independently selected from halogen, Cj-C 4 alkyl, C C 4 haloalkyl, C j -C alkoxy, C j -C 4 haloalkoxy, nitro and cyano; each R 28 is independently C j -C 6 haloalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkenyl; C 2 -C $ alkynyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkynyl; C 3 -Cg cycloalkyl; or phenyl or benzyl, each optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with 1-2 groups independently selected from halogen, Cι-C 4 alkyl, Cj-C 4 haloalkyl, Cj-C 4 alkoxy, C • -C 4 haloalkoxy, nitro and cyano; R 29 is H; C,-C 6 alkyl; C r C 6 haloalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkynyl; C -C $ cycloalkyl; or benzyl optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with 1 -2 groups independently selected from halogen, C C alkyl, Cj-C 4 haloalkyl, C C 4 alkoxy, Cj-C 4 haloalkoxy, nitro and cyano; R 30 is H; C r C 6 haloalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; C 2 -Cg haloalkynyl; C 3 -Cg cycloalkyl; or phenyl or benzyl, each optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with 1-2 groups independently selected from halogen, Cj-C 4 alkyl, Cj-C haloalkyl, Cι-C alkoxy, Ct-C haloalkoxy, nitro and cyano; m, n and p are each independently 0, 1 or 2; r is 0 or 1 ; and s is 2 or 3; provided that when Y is -CH(OR lS )-, -CHR 6 -, -CHR 6 CHR 6 -, -CR 6 =CR 6 -, -C=C-, -CHR^O-, -OCHR 15 -, ^(O^CHR 15 -, -(R 7 )C=N-OCH(R!5)-, -CHR 1 5O-N=C(R 7 )-CH 2 O-, -CHR 15 O-C(R 15 )=C(R 7 )-, -CHR 6 -C(=W 1 )-A 1 -, -CHR 6 CHR 6 -C(=W 1 )-A 1 -, -CR 6 =CR 6 -C(=W>)-A 1 - or -C * sC-C(=W 1 )-A 1 -, then Z is other than phenyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyridinyl and pyrimidinyl. DETAILS OF THE INVENTION In the above recitations, the term "alkyl", used either alone or in compound words such as "alkylthio" or "haloalkyl" includes straight-chain or branched alkyl, such as, methyl, ethyl, «-propyl, /-propyl, or the different butyl, pentyl or hexyl isomers. The term "1-2 CH " indicates that the substituent can be methyl or, when there is a hydrogen attached to the same atom, the substituent and said hydrogen can both be methyl. The term "1-2 alkyl" indicates that one or two of the available positions for that substituent may be alkyl which are independently selected. "Alkenyl" includes straight-chain or branched alkenes such as vinyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, and the different butenyl, pentenyl and hexenyl isomers. "Alkenyl" also includes polyenes such as 1,2-propadienyl and 2,4-hexadienyl. "Alkynyl" includes straight-chain or branched alkynes such as ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl and the different butynyl, pentynyl and hexynyl isomers. "Alkynyl" can also include moieties comprised of multiple triple bonds such as 2,5-hexadiynyl. "Alkylene" denotes a straight-chain (or branched when indicated) alkanediyl. Examples of "alkylene" include CH 2 CH 2 , CH(CH 3 ), CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 , CH 2 CH(CH 3 ), CH 2 CH2CH2CH2 and CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 . "Alkenylene" denotes a straight-chain alkenediyl containing one olefinic bond. Examples of "alkenylene" include CH 2 CH=CH, CH 2 CH 2 CH=CH, CH 2 CH=CHCH 2 and CH 2 CH=CHCH CH 2 . "Alkoxy" includes, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, M-propyloxy, isopropyloxy and the different butoxy, pentoxy and hexyloxy isomers. The term "1-3 alkoxy" indicates that one to three of the available positions for that substituent may be alkoxy which are independently selected; and the term "1-2 alkoxy" is defined analogously. "Alkoxyalkyl" denotes alkoxy substitution on alkyl. Examples of "alkoxyalkyl" include CH 3 OCH 2 , CH 3 OCH 2 CH 2 , CH 3 CH 2 OCH 2 , CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 and CH 3 CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 . "Alkoxyalkoxy" denotes alkoxy substitution on alkoxy. "Alkenyloxy" includes straight-chain or branched alkenyloxy moieties. Examples of "alkenyloxy" include H 2 C=CHCH 2 O, (CH 3 ) 2 C=CHCH 2 O, (CH 3 )CH=CHCH 2 O, (CH 3 )CH=C(CH 3 )CH 2 O and CH 2 =CHCH 2 CH 2 O. "Alkynyloxy" includes straight-chain or branched alkynyloxy moieties. Examples of "alkynyloxy" include HC=CCH 2 O, CH 3 C≡CCH 2 O and CH 3 C≡CCH 2 CH 2 O. "Alkylthio" includes branched or straight-chain alkylthio moieties such as methylthio, ethylthio, and the different propylthio, butylthio, pentylthio and hexylthio isomers. "Alkylthioalkyl" denotes alkylthio substitution on alkyl. Examples of "alkylthioalkyl" include CH 3 SCH 2 , CH 3 SCH 2 CH 2 , CH 3 CH 2 SCH 2 , CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 SCH 2 and CH 3 CH 2 SCH 2 CH 2 . "Alkylthioalkylthio" denotes alkylthio substitution on alkylthio. Analogously, "alkoxyalkylthio" denotes alkoxy substitution on alkylthio and "alkylthioalkoxy" denotes alkylthio substitution on alkoxy. "Alkylsulfinyl" includes both enantiomers of an alkylsulfinyl group. Examples of "alkylsulfinyl" include CH 3 S(O), CH 3 CH 2 S(O), CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 S(O), (CH 3 ) 2 CHS(O) and the different butylsulfinyl, pentylsulfinyl and hexylsulfinyl isomers. Examples of "alkylsulfonyl" include CH 3 S(O) 2 , CH 3 CH 2 S(O) 2 , CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 S(O) 2 , (CH 3 ) 2 CHS(O) 2 and the different butylsulfonyl, pentylsulfonyl and hexylsulfonyl isomers. "Cyanoalkyl" denotes an alkyl group substituted with one cyano group. Examples of "cyanoalkyl" include NCCH 2 , NCCH 2 CH 2 and CH 3 CH(CN)CH 2 . "Alkenylthio", "alkoxyalkynyl", and the like, are defined analogously to the above examples. "Cycloalkyl" includes, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl. The term "cycloalkoxy" includes the same groups linked through an oxygen atom such as cyclopentyloxy and cyclohexyloxy. "Cycloalkenyl" includes groups such as cyclopentenyl and cyclohexenyl as well as groups with more than one double bond such as 1,3- and 1,4-cyclohexadienyl. "Trialkylsilylalkoxyalkoxy" denotes trialkylsilylalkoxy substitution on alkoxy. Examples of "trialkylsilylalkoxyalkoxy" includes, for example, (CH 3 ) 3 SiCH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 O. The term " 1 -2 phenyl" indicates that one or two of the available positions for that substituent may be phenyl. The term "aromatic carbocyclic ring system" includes fully aromatic carbocycles and carbocycles in which at least one ring of a polycyclic ring system is aromatic (where aromatic indicates that the Hϋckel rule is satisfied). The term "nonaromatic carbocyclic ring system" denotes fully saturated carbocycles as well as partially or fully unsaturated carbocycles where the Hϋckel rule is not satisfied by any of the rings in the ring system. The term "aromatic heterocyclic ring system" includes fully aromatic heterocycles and heterocycles in which at least one ring of a polycyclic ring system is aromatic (where aromatic indicates that the Hϋckel rule is satisfied). The term "nonaromatic heterocyclic ring system" denotes fully saturated heterocycles as well as partially or fully unsaturated heterocycles where the Hϋckel rule is not satisfied by any of the rings in the ring system. The heterocyclic ring systems can be attached through any available carbon or nitrogen by replacement of a hydrogen on said carbon or nitrogen. One skilled in the art will appreciate that not all nitrogen containing heterocycles can form N-oxides since the nitrogen requires an available lone pair for oxidation to the oxide; one skilled in the art will recognize those nitrogen containing heterocycles which can form N-oxides. One skilled in the art will also recognize that tertiary amines can form N-oxides. Synthetic methods for the preparation of N-oxides of heterocycles and tertiary amines are very well known by one skilled in the art including the oxidation of heterocycles and tertiary amines with peroxy acids such as peracetic and w-chloroperbenzoic acid (MCPBA), hydrogen peroxide, alkyl hydroperoxides such as /-butyl hydroperoxide, sodium perborate, and dioxiranes such as dimethydioxirane. These methods for the preparation of N-oxides have been extensively described and reviewed in the literature, see for example: T. L. Gilchrist in Comprehensive Organic Synthesis, vol. 7, pp 748-750, S. V. Ley, Ed., Pergamon Press; M. Tisler and B. Stanovnik in Comprehensive Heterocyclic Chemistry, vol. 3, pp 18-20, A. J. Boulton and A. McKillop, Eds., Pergamon Press; M. R. Grimmett and B. R. T. Keene in Advances in Heterocyclic Chemistry, vol. 43, pp 149-161, A. R. Katritzky, Ed., Academic Press; M. Tisler and B. Stanovnik in Advances in Heterocyclic Chemistry, vol. 9, pp 285-291, A. R. Katritzky and A. J. Boulton, Eds., Academic Press; and G. W. H. Cheeseman and E. S. G. Werstiuk in Advances in Heterocyclic Chemistry, vol. 22, pp 390-392, A. R. Katritzky and A. J. Boulton, Eds., Academic Press. The term "halogen", either alone or in compound words such as "haloalkyl", includes fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine. The term "1-2 halogen" indicates that one or two of the available positions for that substituent may be halogen which are independently selected. Further, when used in compound words such as "haloalkyl", said alkyl may be partially or fully substituted with halogen atoms which may be the same or different. Examples of "haloalkyl" include F 3 C, C1CH 2 , CF 3 CH 2 and CF 3 CC1 2 . The terms "haloalkenyl", "haloalkynyl", "haloalkoxy", and the like, are defined analogously to the term "haloalkyl". Examples of "haloalkenyl" include (C1) 2 C=CHCH 2 and CF 3 CH 2 CH=CHCH 2 . Examples of "haloalkynyl" include HCsCCHCl, CF 3 CsC, CC1 3 C * ≡C and FCH 2 C * ECCH 2 . Examples of "haloalkoxy" include CF 3 O, CCl 3 CH 2 O, HCF 2 CH 2 CH 2 O and CF 3 CH 2 O. Examples of "haloalkylthio" include CC1 3 S, CF 3 S, CC1 3 CH 2 S and C1CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 S. Examples of "haloalkylsulfinyl" include CF 3 S(O), CCl 3 S(O), CF 3 CH 2 S(O) and CF 3 CF 2 S(O). Examples of "haloalkylsulfonyl" include CF 3 S(O) 2 , CCl 3 S(O) 2 , CF 3 CH 2 S(O) 2 and CF 3 CF 2 S(O) 2 . The total number of carbon atoms in a substituent group is indicated by the "Cj-C j " prefix where i and j are numbers from 1 to 10. For example, Cι-C 3 alkylsulfonyl designates methylsulfonyl through propylsulfonyl. Examples of "alkylcarbonyl" include C(O)CH 3 , C(O)CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 and C(O)CH(CH 3 ) 2 . Examples of "alkoxycarbonyl" include CH 3 OC(=O), CH 3 CH 2 OC(=O), CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 OC(=O), (CH 3 ) 2 CHOC(=O) and the different butoxy- or pentoxycarbonyl isomers. In the above recitations, when a compound of Formula I is comprised of one or more heterocyclic rings, all substituents are attached to these rings through any available carbon or nitrogen by replacement of a hydrogen on said carbon or nitrogen. When a group contains a substituent which can be hydrogen, for example R 8 or R 13 , then, when this substituent is taken as hydrogen, it is recognized that this is equivalent to said group being unsubstituted. Compounds of this invention can exist as one or more stereoisomers. The various stereoisomers include enantiomers, diastereomers, atropisomers and geometric isomers. One skilled in the art will appreciate that one stereoisomer may be more active and/or may exhibit beneficial effects when enriched relative to the other stereoisomer(s) or when separated from the other stereoisomers). Additionally, the skilled artisan knows how to separate, enrich, and/or to selectively prepare said stereoisomers. Accordingly, the present invention comprises compounds selected from Formula I, N-oxides and agriculturally suitable salts thereof. The compounds of the invention may be present as a mixture of stereoisomers, individual stereoisomers, or as an optically active form. The salts of the compounds of the invention include acid-addition salts with inorganic or organic acids such as hydrobromic, hydrochloric, nitric, phosphoric, sulfuric, acetic, butyric, fumaric, lactic, maleic, malonic, oxalic, propionic, salicylic, tartaric, 4-toluenesulfonic or valeric acids. The salts of the compounds of the invention also include those formed with organic bases (e.g., pyridine, ammoma, or "triemylamine) or inorganic bases (e.g., hydrides, hydroxides, or carbonates of sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, magnesium or barium) when the compound contains an acidic group such as a phenol. Preferred compounds for reasons of better activity and/or ease of synthesis are: Preferred 1. Compounds of Formula I above, and N-oxides and agriculturally suitable salts thereof, wherein: E is selected from the group 1,2-phenylene; 1,5-, 1,6-, 1,7-, 1,8-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 1 ,2-, and 2,3-naphthalenediyl; 1 H-pyrrole- 1 ,2-, 2,3- and 3,4-diyl; 2,3- and 3,4-furandiyl; 2,3- and 3,4-thiophenediyl; lH-pyrazole-1,5-, 3,4- and 4,5-diyl; lH-imidazole-1,2-, 4,5- and 1,5-diyl; 3,4- and 4,5-isoxazolediyl; 4,5-oxazolediyl; 3,4- and 4,5-isothiazolediyl; 4,5-thiazolediyl; lH-l,2,3-triazole-l,5- and 4,5-diyl; 2/7-1 ,2,3-triazole-4,5-diyl; lH-l,2,4-triazole- 1,5-diyl; 4H-1 ,2,4-triazole-3,4-diyl; 1 ,2,3-oxadiazole-4,5-diyl; l,2,5-oxadiazole-3,4-diyl; l,2,3-thiadiazole-4,5-diyl; l,2,5-thiadiazole-3,4-diyl; lH-tetrazole- 1,5-diyl; 2,3- and 3,4-pyridinediyl; 3,4- and 4,5-pyridazinediyl; 4,5-pyrimidinediyl; 2,3-pyrazinediyl; l,2,3-triazine-4,5-diyl; l,2,4-triazine-5,6-diyl; lH-indole-1,4-, 1,5-, 1,6-, 1,7-, 2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 3,4-, 3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 1,2-, 2,3-, 4,5-, 5,6- and 6,7-diyl; 2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 3,4-, 3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7 " , 2,3-, 4,5-, 5,6- and 6,7-benzofurandiyl; benzo[δ]thiophene-2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 3,4-, 3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 2,3-, 4,5-, 5,6- and 6,7-diyl; lH-indazole-1,4-, 1,5-, 1,6-, 1,7-, 3,4-, 3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 4,5-, 5,6- and 6,7-diyl; lH-benzimidazole-1,4-, 1,5-, 1,6-, 1,7-, 2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 4,5-, 5,6- and 6,7-diyl; l,2-benzisoxazole-3,4-, 3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 4,5-, 5,6- and 6,7-diyl; 2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 4,5-, 5,6- and 6,7-benzoxazolediyl; l,2-benzisothiazole-3,4-, 3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 4,5-, 5,6- and 6,7-diyl; 2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 4,5-, 5,6- and 6,7-benzothiazolediyl; 2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 2,8-, 3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 3,8-, 4,5-, 4,6-, 4,7-, 4,8-, 2,3-, 3,4-, 5,6-, 6,7- and 7,8-quinolinediyl; 1,5-, 1,6-, 1,7-, 1,8-, 3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 3,8-, 4,5-, 4,6-, 4,7-, 4,8-, 3,4-, 5,6-, 6,7- and 7,8-isoquinolinediyl; 3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 3,8-, 4,5-, 4,6-, 4,7-, 4,8-, 3,4-, 5,6-, 6,7- and 7,8-cinnolinediyl; 1,5-, 1,6-, 1 ,7-, 1,8-, 5,6-, 6,7- and 7,8-phthalazinediyl; 2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 2,8-, 4,5-, 4,6-, 4,7-, 4,8-, 5,6-, 6,7- and 7,8-quinazolinediyl; 2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 2,8-, 2,3-, 5,6-, 6,7- and 7,8-quinoxalinediyl; l,8,-naphthyridine-2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 3,5-, 3,6-, 4,5-, 2,3- and 3,4-diyl; 2,6-, 2,7-, 4,6-, 4,7-, 6,7-pteridinediyl; pyrazolo[5,l-6]thiazole-2,6-, 2,7-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 2,3- and 6,7-diyl; thiazolo[2,3-c]-l,2,4-triazole-2,5-, 2,6-, 5,6-diyl; 2-oxo- 1 ,3-benzodioxole-4,5- and 5,6-diyl; l^-dioxo-lH-isoindole^^-, 2,5-, 4,5- and 5,6-diyl; 2-oxo-2H-l-benzopyran-3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 3,8-, 4,5-, 4,6-, 4,7-, 4,8-, 5,6-, 6,7- and 7,8-diyl; [l,2,4]triazolo[l,5--7]pyridine-2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 2,8-, 5,6-, 6,7- and 7,8-diyl; 3,4-dihydro-2,4-dioxo-2H-l,3-benzoxazine-3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 3,8-, 5,6-, 6,7- and 7,8-diyl; 2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-3,4-, 3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 4,5-, 5,6- and 6,7-benzofurandiyl; thieno[3,2-</]thiazole-2,5-, 2,6-, and 5,6-diyl; 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 2,8-, 3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 3,8-, 4,5-, 4,6-, 4,7-, 4,8-, 2,3- and 3,4-quinolinediyl; 2,3-dihydro-l,l,3-trioxo-l,2-benzisothiazole-2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 4,5-, 5,6- and 6,7-diyl; l,3-benzodioxole-2,4-, 2,5-, 4,5- and 5,6-diyl; 2,3-dihydro-2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 3,4-, 3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 4,5-, 5,6- and 6,7-benzofurandiyl; 2,3-dihydro-l ,4-benzodioxin-2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 2,8-, 5,6- and 6,7-diyl; and 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4H-cyclohepta[6]thiophene-2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 2,8-, 3,4-, 3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 3,8-, and 2,3-diyl; each aromatic ring system optionally substituted with one of R 3 , R 4 , or both R 3 and R 4 ; W is O; R 1 is C r C 3 alkyl or C r C 3 haloalkyl; R 2 is H; C r C 6 alkyl; C,-C 6 haloalkyl; or C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; R 3 and R 4 are each independently halogen; cyano; nitro; C r C6 alkyl; C j -Cg haloalkyl; C j -Cg alkoxy; Cj-Cg haloalkoxy; Cj-Cg alkylthio; C j -Cg alkylsulfonyl; C 2 -C6 alkylcarbonyl; C 2 -Cg alkoxycarbonyl; (C , -C 4 alkyl)NHC(O); (C , -C 4 alkyl) 2 NC(O); benzoyl; or phenylsulfonyl; Y is -O-; -S(O) n -; -NR 15 -; -C(=O)-; -CH(OR 15 )-; -CH 2 -; -CH 2 CH 2 -; -CH=CH-; -CsC-; -CH 2 O-; -OCH 2 -; -CH 2 S(O) n -; -S(O) n CH 2 -; -CH 2 O-N=C(R 7 )-; -(R 7 )C=N-OCH(R 15 )-; -C(R 7 )=N-O-; or a direct bond; R 7 is H; C r C 6 alkyl; C,-C 6 haloalkyl; C r C 6 alkoxy; C r C 6 alkylthio; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; halogen; or cyano; or when Y and an R 10 are attached to adjacent atoms on Z and Y is -CH 2 O-N * =C(R 7 )-, R 7 and said adjacently attached R 10 can be taken together as -(CH 2 )r J- such that J is attached to Z; Z is selected from the group C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl; phenyl; naphthalenyl; anthracenyl; phenanthrenyl; lH-pyrrolyl; furanyl; thienyl; lH-pyrazolyl; lH-imidazolyl; isoxazolyl; oxazolyl; isothiazolyl; thiazolyl; lH-l,2,3-triazolyl; 2H-l,2,3-triazolyl; lH-l,2,4-triazolyl; 4H-l,2,4-triazolyl; 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl; 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl; 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl; 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl; 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl; 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl; 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl; 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl; lH-tetrazolyl; 2H-tetrazolyl; pyridinyl; pyridazinyl; pyrimidinyl; pyrazinyl; 1,3,5-triazinyl; 1,2,4-triazinyl; 1,2,4,5-tetrazinyl; lH-indolyl; benzofuranyl; benzo[ό]thiophenyl; lH-indazolyl; lH-benzimidazolyl; benzoxazolyl; benzothiazolyl; quinolinyl; isoquinolinyl; cinnolinyl; phthalazinyl; quinazolinyl; quinoxalinyl; 1,8-naphthyridinyl; pteridinyl; 2,3-dihydro-lH-indenyl; 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalenyl; 6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-benzocycloheptenyl; 5,6,7,8,9,10-hexahydrobenzocyclooctenyl; 2,3-dihydro-3-oxobenzofuranyl; 1 ,3-dihydro- 1 -oxoisobenzofuranyl ; 2,3 -dihydro-2-oxobenzofurany 1 ; 3 ,4-dihydro-4roxo-2H- 1 -benzopyrany 1 ; 3 ,4-dihydro- 1 -oxo- 1 H-2-benzopyranyl; 3,4-dihydro-3-oxo- lH-2-benzopyranyl; 3 ,4-dihydro-2-oxo-2H- 1 -benzopyrany 1 ; 4-oxo-4H- 1 -benzopyrany 1 ; 2-OXO-2H- 1 -benzopyranyl; 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-5-oxo-l-benzoxepinyl; 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-oxo-l-benzoxepinyl; 2,3-dihydro-l,3-dioxo-lH-isoindolyl; 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro- 1 ,3-dioxoisoquinolinyl; 3,4-dihydro-2,4-dioxo-2H-l,3-benzoxazinyl; 2-oxo- 1 ,3-benzodioxolyl; 2,3-dihydro- 1 , 1 ,3-trioxo- 1 ,2-benzisothiazolyl; 9H-fluorenyl; azulenyl; and thiazolo[2,3-c]-1.2,4-triazolyl; each group substituted with R 9 and optionally substituted with one or more R 10 ; and R 15 is Η; C,-C 3 alkyl; or C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl. Preferred 2. Compounds of Preferred 1 wherein: E is selected from the group 1,2-phenylene; 1,6-, 1,7-, 1,2-, and 2,3-naphthalenediyl; 2,3- and 3,4-furandiyl; 2,3- and 3,4-thiophenediyl; 2,3- and 3,4-pyridinediyl; 4,5-pyrimidinediyl; 2,4-, 2,7-, 3,5-, 2,3-, 4,5-, 5,6- and 6,7-benzofurandiyl; and benzo[6]thiophene-2,4-, 2,7-, 3,5-, 2,3-, 4,5-, 5,6- and 6,7-diyl; each aromatic ring system optionally substituted with one of R 3 , R 4 , or both R 3 and R 4 ; Z is selected from the group phenyl; naphthalenyl; 2-thiazolyl; 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl; 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl; 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl; 1 ,3,4-thiadiazolyl; pyridinyl; and pyrimidinyl; each group substituted with R 9 and optionally substituted with one or more R«0; R 7 is Η; C r C 6 alkyl; C r C 6 haloalkyl; C r C 6 alkoxy; C,-C 6 alkylthio; C 2 -Cg alkenyl; C2-C6 alkynyl; cyclopropyl; halogen; or cyano; R 9 is C 3 -Cg cycloalkyl substituted with at least one member selected from 1-2 halogen, 1-2 C C 3 alkyl, 1-2 C j -C 3 alkoxy, and one Z 3 ; C -C6 cycloalkoxy optionally substituted with at least one member selected from 1-2 halogen, 1-2 Ct-C 3 alkyl, 1-2 C j -C 3 alkoxy, and one Z 3 ; Cj-Cg haloalkylsulfinyl; C Cg haloalkylsulfonyl; thiocyanato; SiR 2 R 3 R 24 ; GeR 22 R 23 R 24 ; (R 2 ) 3 Si-C * sC-; C(=O)R 29 ; C(=O)OR 30 ; S(O) 2 OR 26 ; S(O) 2 N(R 2 6) 2 ; or OS(O) 2 R 27 ; or R 9 is benzyloxy, phenylethynyl, phenoxymethyl, phenylthio, phenylsulfonyl, benzylthio, pyridinylmethyloxy, pyridinyloxymethyl, pyridinylethynyl or furanyloxy, each optionally substituted on the aromatic ring with one of R 1 *, R 1 , or both R 1 1 and R 12 ; or R 9 is C 2 -C 6 alkyl or C 2 -C 6 alkoxy substituted with 1-2 phenyl, naphthalenyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, thienyl or furanyl, each aromatic ring optionally substituted with one of R 1 1 , R 12 , or both R 1 1 and R 12 , or R 9 is -A 4 -Z 4 ; each R 10 is independently halogen; C r C 4 haloalkyl; C 2 -Cg alkynyl; nitro; cyano; Si(R 25 ) 3 ; or (R 25 ) 3 Si-C≡C-; or when Y and an R 10 are attached to adjacent atoms on Z and Y is -CH 2 O-N=C(R 7 )-, R 7 and said adjacently attached R 10 can be taken together as -(CH 2 ) r -J- such that J is attached to Z; J is -CH 2 - or -CH 2 CH 2 -; Z 3 is phenyl, furanyl, thienyl or pyridinyl, each optionally substituted with one of R n , R 12 , or both R 1 1 and R 12 ; A 4 is a direct bond; Z 4 is 1,3-benzodioxolyl optionally substituted with one of R 1 ', R 12 , or both R 1 1 and R 12 ; and r is l. Preferred 3. Compounds of Preferred 2 wherein: E is selected from the group 1,2-phenylene; 2,3- and 3,4-thiophenediyl; and 2,3- and 3,4-pyridinediyl; each aromatic ring system optionally substituted with one of R 3 , R 4 , or both R 3 and R 4 ; A is O or N; X is OR 1 ; R 1 is C r C 3 alkyl; R 2 is H or C 1 -C 2 alkyl; Y is -O-; -S(O) n -; -NR 15 -; -C(=O)-; -CH(OR 15 )-; -CH 2 -; -CH 2 CH 2 -; -CH=CH-; -C≡C-; -CH 2 O-; -OCH 2 -; -CH 2 S(O) n -; -S(O) n CH 2 -; -CH 2 O-N=C(R 7 )-; -(R 7 )C=N-OCH(R 15 )-; -CH 2 OC(=O)NH-; -CH 2 S-C(R 7 )=N-; or a direct bond; Z is selected from the group phenyl; 2-thiazolyl; 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl; pyridinyl; and pyrimidinyl; each group substituted with R 9 and optionally substituted with one or more R 10 ; R 7 is H; C r C 3 alkyl; C r C 3 haloalkyl; C r C 3 alkoxy; C C 3 alkylthio; or cyclopropyl; and R 15 is H; C r C 3 alkyl; or cyclopropyl. Preferred 4. Compounds of Preferred 3 wherein: R 1 is methyl; R 2 is methyl; Y is -O-; -CH 2 O-; -CH 2 O-N=C(R 7 )-; or -(R 7 )C=N-OCH(R 1 )-; R 9 is C 3 -Cg cycloalkyl substituted with one Z 3 ; C 3 -C6 cycloalkoxy; SiR22 R 23 R 24 ; GeR R 2 R 24 ; (R 2 ) 3 Si-C≡C-; S(O) 2 OR 26 ; S(O) 2 N(R 26 ) 2 ; or OS(O) 2 R 27 ; or R 9 is benzyloxy or pyridinylmethyloxy, each optionally substituted on the aromatic ring with one of R 1 1 , R 12 , or both R 1 1 and R 12 ; or R 9 is C 2 -C 6 alkyl substituted with phenyl optionally substituted with one of R> ', R 12 , or both R 1 » and R 12 ; or R 9 is -A 4 -Z 4 ; each R 10 is independently halogen; C |-C haloalkyl; C 2 -Cg alkynyl; or Si(R 25 ) 3 ; and Z 3 is phenyl optionally substituted with one of R 1 1 , R 12 , or both R l l and R 12 . Preferred 5. Compounds of Preferred 4 wherein: Y is -O- or -CH 2 O-N=C(R 7 )-; and R 9 is C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl substituted with one Z 3 ; C 3 -C 6 cycloalkoxy; SiR 22 R 23 R 24 ; GeR 22 R 3 R 24 ; or (R 2 ) 3 Si-C≡C-; or R 9 is benzyloxy optionally substituted on the aromatic ring with one of R l >, R 12 , or both R 1 1 and R 1 ; or R 9 is -A 4 -Z 4 . Most preferred are compounds of Preferred 5 selected from the group: 4-[2-[[3-( 1 ,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)- 1 ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl]oxy]phenyl]-2,4-dihydro- 5-methoxy-2-methyl-3H- 1 ,2,4-triazol-3-one; 4-[2-[[[[l-[3-[dimethyl(3,3,3- trifluoropropyl)silyl]phenyl]ethylidene]amino]oxy]methyl]phenyl]-2,4- dihydro-5-methoxy-2-methyl-3H- 1 ,2,4-triazol-3-one; 4-[2-[3-[(2-chlorophenyl)methoxy]phenoxy]phenyl]-2,4-dihydro-5-methoxy-2- methyl-3H-l,2,4-triazoI-3-one; 4-[2-[[3-[l -(4-chlorophenyl)cyclopropyl]- 1 ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl]oxy]phenyl]- 2,4-dihydro-5-methoxy-2-methyl-3H- 1 ,2,4-triazol-3-one; 4-[2-[[3-[I -(4-chlorophenyl)cyclopropyl]- 1 ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl]oxy]-6- methylphenyl]-2,4-dihydro-5-methoxy-2-methyl-3H- 1 ,2,4-triazol-3-one; 2,4-dihydro-5-methoxy-2-methyl-4-[2-[[[[ 1 -[3- [tris(trifluoromethyl)germyl]phenyl]ethylidene]amino]oxy]methyl]phenyl]-3H- l,2,4-triazol-3-one; and 2,4-dihydro-5-methoxy-2-methyl-4-[2-[3-[2- (trimethylsilyl)ethynyl]phenoxy]phenyl]-3H- 1 ,2,4-triazol-3-one. This invention also relates to fungicidal compositions comprising fungicidally effective amounts of the compounds of the invention and at least one of a surfactant, a solid diluent or a liquid diluent. The preferred compositions of the present invention are those which comprise the above preferred compounds. This invention also relates to a method for controlling plant diseases caused by fungal plant pathogens comprising applying to the plant or portion thereof, or to the plant seed or seedling, a fungicidally effective amount of the compounds of the invention (e.g., as a composition described herein). The preferred methods of use are those involving the above preferred compounds. This invention also relates to arthropodicidal compositions comprising arthropodicidally effective amounts of the compounds of the invention and at least one of a surfactant, a solid diluent or a liquid diluent. Of note are arthropodicidal compositions of the present invention which comprise the above preferred compounds. This invention also relates to a method for controlling arthropods comprising contacting the arthropods or their environment with an arthropodicidally effective amount of the compounds of the invention (e.g., as a composition described herein). Of note are arthropodicidal methods of use involving the above preferred compounds. Compounds of note for their arthropodicidal activity include: 4-[2-[[[[l-[3-[dimethyl(3,3,3- trifluoropropyl)silyl]phenyl]emyhdene]amino]oxy]methyl]phenyl]-2,4- dihydro-5-methoxy-2-methyl-3H- 1 ,2,4-triazol-3-one; 4-[2-[[3-[l-(4-chlorophenyl)cyclopropyl]-l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl]oxy]phenyl]- 2,4-dihydro-5-methoxy-2-methyl-3H- 1 ,2,4-triazol-3-one; and 4-[2-[[3-[l-(4-chlorophenyl)cyclopropyl]-l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl]oxy]-6- methylphenyl]-2,4-dihydro-5-methoxy-2-methyl-3H- 1 ,2,4-triazol-3-one. Of note are compounds where R 9 is other than N(R 26 )(R 28 ) and pyridinyloxymethyl; and R 9 is other than C 2 -C 6 alkyl substituted with naphthalenyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy each aromatic ring optionally substituted with one of R 1 -, R 12 , or both R n and R 12 ; and R 9 is other than C 2 -C 6 alkoxy substituted with 1-2 phenyl, naphthalenyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, thienyl or furanyl, each aromatic ring optionally substituted with one of R 1 * , R 12 , or both R 11 and R 12 . The compounds of Formula I can be prepared by one or more of the following methods and variations as described in Schemes 1-41. The definitions of E, A, G, W, X, R ! -R 30 , Y, Z ! -Z 4 , W 1 , A ! -A 4 , Z, Q, J, m, n, p, r and s in the compounds of Formulae 1-94 below are as defined above in the Summary of the Invention. Compounds of Formulae Ia-In are various subsets of the compounds of Formula I, and all substituents for Formulae Ia-In are as defined above for Formula I. One skilled in the art will recognize that some compounds of Formula I can exist in one or more tautomeric forms. For example, a compound of Formula I wherein R 2 is Η may exist as tautomer la or lb, or both la and lb. The present invention comprises all tautomeric forms of compounds of Formula I. la lb The compounds of Formula I can be prepared as described below in Procedures 1 ) to 5). Procedures 1) to 4) describe syntheses involving construction of the amide ring after the formation of the aryl moiety (E-Y-Z). Procedure 5) describes syntheses of the aryl moiety (E-Y-Z) with the amide ring already in place. 1) Alkylation Procedures The compounds of Formula I are prepared by treating compounds of Formula 1 with an appropriate alkyl transfer reagent in an inert solvent with or without additional acidic or basic reagents or other reagents (Scheme 1). Suitable solvents are selected from the group consisting of polar aprotic solvents such as acetonitrile, dimethylformamide or dimethyl sulfoxide; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane, or diethyl ether; ketones such as acetone or 2-butanone; hydrocarbons such as toluene or benzene; and halocarbons such as dichloromethane or chloroform. Scheme 1 E-^Z I TT I X' = OH, SH, NH 2 NH(Ct-C 6 alkyl) o NH(C r C 6 alkoxy) Method 4: (R 1 ) 2 S0 4 ; R 1 OS0 2 V; or R^hai; optional base (hal = F, CL Br, or I) (V = C r C 6 alkyl, C r C 6 haloalkyl, or 4-CH 3 -C 6 H 4 ) For example, compounds of Formula I can be prepared by the action of diazoalkane reagents of Formula 2 such as diazomethane (U = H) or trimethylsilyldiazomethane (U = (CH ) 3 Si) on dicarbonyl compounds of Formula 1 (Method 1). Use of trimethylsilyldiazomethane requires a protic cosolvent such as methanol. For examples of these procedures, see Chem. Pharm. Bull, (1984), 32, 3759. As indicated in Method 2, compounds of Formula I can also be prepared by contacting carbonyl compounds of Formula 1 with alkyl trichloroacetimidates of Formula 3 and a Lewis acid catalyst. Suitable Lewis acids include trimethylsilyl triflate and tetrafluoroboric acid. The alkyl trichloroacetimidates can be prepared from the appropriate alcohol and trichloroacetonitrile as described in the literature (J. Danklmaier and H. Hδnig, Synth. Commun., (1990), 20, 203). Compounds of Formula I can also be prepared from compounds of Formula 1 by treatment with a trialkyloxonium tetrafluoroborate (i.e., Meerwein's salt) of Formula 4 (Method 3). The use of trialkyloxonium salts as powerful alkylating agents is well known in the art (see U. Schollkopf, U. Groth, C. Deng, Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl, (1981), 20, 798). Other alkylating agents which can convert carbonyl compounds of Formula 1 to compounds of Formula I are dialkyl sulfates such as dimethyl sulfate, haloalkyl sulfonates such as methyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, and alkyl halides such as iodomethane and propargyl bromide (Method 4). These alkylations can be conducted with or without additional base. Appropriate bases include alkali metal alkoxides such as potassium terf-butoxide, inorganic bases such as sodium hydride and potassium carbonate, or tertiary amines such as triethylamine, pyridine, l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU), and triethylenediamine. See R. E. Benson, T. L. Cairns, J. Am. Chem. Soc. , ( 1948), 70, 2115 for alkylation examples using agents of this type. Compounds of Formula la (compounds of Formula 1 wherein G = C, W = O and X' = OH) can be prepared by condensation of malonates or malonate derivatives of Formula 5 with an ambident nucleophile of Formula 6 (Scheme 2). The nucleophiles of Formula 6 are N-substituted hydroxylamines (HO-ΝHR 2 ) and substituted hydrazines (HΝ(R 5 )-ΝHR 2 ). Examples of such nucleophiles are N-methylhydroxylamine and methylhydrazine. The malonate esters of Formula 5 can be prepared by methods described hereinafter. The esters of Formula 5 can also be activated by first hydrolyzing the ester to form the corresponding carboxylic acid, and then converting the acid into the acid chloride (T = Cl) using thionyl chloride or oxalyl chloride, or into the acyl imidazole (T * = 1-imidazolyl) by treating with 1,1 -carbonyldiimidazole. Compounds of Formula laa can be prepared by reaction of nitrile esters of Formula 5b with ambident nucleophiles of Formula 6. See M. Scobie and G. Tennant, J. Chem. Soc, Chem. Comm., (1994), 2451. Alkylation of laa with alkyl halides in the presence of base provides compounds of Formula lab. Alternatively, treatment of laa with alkylamines or alkoxyamines provides compounds of Formula lab. W = N(C r C 6 alkyl) or NO(C r C 6 alkyl) Esters of Formula 5a can be prepared from copper (I)-catalyzed reaction of malonate esters of Formula 7 with substituted aryl halides of Formula 8 according to methods adapted from A. Osuka, T. Kobayashi and H. Suzuki, Synthesis, (1983), 67 and M. S. Malamas, T. C. Hohman, and J. Millen, J. Med. Chem., 1994, 37, 2043-2058, and illustrated in Scheme 3. Procedures to prepare compounds of Formula 8 are described below (see Scheme 33). Malonate esters of Formula 5a can also be prepared from diester carboxylic acids of Formula 5c after modification of the carboxylic acid functional group to the appropriate Y and Z group. A copper (I)-catalyzed coupling of malonates of Formula 7 with orthobromocarboxylic acids of Formula 8a (see A. Bruggink, A. McKillop, Tetrahedron, (1975), 31, 2607) can be used to prepare compounds of Formula 5c as shown in Scheme 3. Methods to prepare compounds of Formula 8a are common in the art (see P. Beak, V. Snieckus, Ace Chem. Res., (1982), 15, 306 and Org. React., (1979), 26, 1 and references therein). Additionally, the malonate esters of Formula 5a can be prepared by treating aryl acetic acid esters of Formula 9 with a dialkyl carbonate or alkyl chloroformate in the presence of a suitable base such as, but not limited to, sodium metal or sodium hydride (Scheme 4). For example, see J. Am. Chem. Soc, (1928), 50, 2758. Nitrile esters of Formula 5b can be prepared similarly from compounds of Formula 10. Scheme 4 9 5a R = C ] -C alkyl 10 Esters of Formula 9 can be prepared from acid-catalyzed alcoholysis of aryl acetonitriles of Formula 10 or esterification of aryl acetic acids of Formula 1 1 as illustrated in Scheme 5 (see Org. Synth. , Coll. Vol. I, ( 1941 ), 270). Additionally, esters of formula 9 can be prepared by palladium (O)-catalyzed cross coupling reaction of aryl iodides of Formula 8 with a Reformatsky reagent or an alkoxy(trialkylstannyl)acetylene followed by hydration (Scheme 5). For example, see T. Sakamoto, A. Yasuhara, Y. Kondo, H. Yamanaka, Synlett, (1992), 502, and J. F. Fauvarque, A. Jutard, J. Organometal. Chem., ( 1977), 132, Cll. ROH H 2 C acid CN 10 Aryl acetic acid esters of Formula 9a can be prepared by copper (I)-catalyzed condensation of aryl halides of Formula 12 with compounds of Formula 13 as described in EP-A-307,103 and illustrated below in Scheme 6. Scheme 6 .(CL Br. I) HY 1 — Z γi 13 H 2^_ 0 H2C -^o OR OR 12 9a R = Cι-C 4 alkyl Y 1 = O, S, OCHR 15 , SCHR 15 , 0-N=C(R 7 ), NR 15 Some esters of Formula 9 (Formula 9b) can also be prepared by forming the Y 2 bridge using conventional nucleophilic substitution chemistry (Scheme 7). Displacement of an appropriate leaving group (Lg) in electrophiles of Formula 15 or 16 with a nucleophilic ester of Formula 14 affords compounds of Formula 9b. A base, for example sodium hydride, is used to generate the corresponding alkoxide or thioalkoxide of the compound of Formula 14. R = C!-C alkyl R 3 * = OH, SH, CHR 15 OH, CHR 15 SH, NHR 15 Y 2 = O, S, OCHR 15 , SCHR 15 , CHR 15 0, CHR 15 S, NR 15 Lg = Br, O, L OSθ2CH 3 , OSθ2(4-Me-Ph) Some esters of Formula 9 (Formula 9e) can also be prepared by forming the Y 3 bridge from substituted hydroxylamine 9d and carbonyl compounds 14a. The hydroxylamine 9d is in turn prepared from esters 9c. This method has been described in EP-A-600,835 and illustrated in Scheme 8. Scheme 8 9e 9c B = CHR 15 Br R = C!-C alkyl 9d B = CHR 15 ONH 2 »HCl Y 3 = CHR 15 0N=C(R 7 ) 2) Displacement and Conjugate Addition/Elimination Procedures Compounds of Formula I can also be prepared by reaction of Formula 17 compounds with alkali metal alkoxides (R^'M "1" ), alkali metal thioalkoxides (R'S-M" 1 "), or an amine derivative in a suitable solvent (Scheme 9). The leaving group Lg 1 in the amides of Formula 17 are any group known in the art to undergo a displacement reaction of this type. Examples of suitable leaving groups include chlorine, bromine, and sulfonyl and sulfonate groups. Examples of suitable inert solvents are dimethylformamide or dimethyl sulfoxide, dimethoxyethane methanol. Scheme 9 17 1 X -'- OR^ SR^ NH^ NHR 1 , N(C!-Cg aDcyOR 1 , NH(C j-Cg alkoxy), or N(C 1 -C 6 aDco)y)R 1 L l = Br, -Sθ2V, or -OSC^V V= C j -Cg alky I, Cj-Cg haloalkyl, or 4-CH 3 -C 6 H 4 M = KorNa Compounds of Formula 17a can be prepared from compounds of Formula lb (compounds of Formula 1 wherein X is OH) by reaction with halogenating agents such as thionyl chloride or phosphorus oxybromide to form the corresponding β-halo-substituted derivatives (Scheme 10). Alternatively, compounds of Formula lb can be treated with an alkylsulfonyl halide or haloalkylsulfonyl anhydride, such as methanesulfonyl chloride, /7-toluenesulfonyl chloride, and trifluoromethanesulfonyl anhydride, to form the corresponding β-alkylsulfonate of Formula 17a. The reaction with the sulfonyl halides may be performed in the presence of a suitable base (e.g., triethylamine). Schema 10 lb 17a Lg 2 = CL Br, or-OS0 2 V V = C^ alkyL C j -C 6 haloaDcyL or 4-^-0^1 hal = Br, Clor F As illustrated in Scheme 1 1, sulfonyl compounds of Formula 17b can be prepared by oxidation of the corresponding thio compound of Formula 18 using well-known methods for the oxidation of sulfur (see Schrenk, K. In The Chemistry ofSulphones and Sulphoxides; Patai, S. et al., Eds.; Wiley: New York, 1988). Suitable oxidizing reagents include meta-chloro-peroxybenzoic acid, hydrogen peroxide and Oxone® (KHSO 5 ). Scheme 1 1 18 17b V= C j -Cg alky L C j -Cg haloalkyl, or 4-CH 3 -C 6 H 4 Alternatively, halo-compounds of Formula 17c (compounds of Formula 17a wherein A = N, G = N, and W = O) can be prepared from hydrazides of Formula 19 as illustrated in Scheme 12. When R 32 = C(=S)S(C r C 4 alkyl), the diacyl compound of Formula 19 is treated with excess thionyl halide, for example excess thionyl chloride. The product formed first is the ring-closed compound of Formula 20 which can be isolated or converted in situ to the compound of Formula 17c; see P. Molina, A. Tarraga, A. Espinosa, Synthesis, (1989), 923 for a description of this process. Alternatively, when R 32 = R 2 as defined above, the hydrazide of Formula 19 is cyclized with phosgene to form the cyclic urea of Formula 17c wherein hal = Cl. This procedure is described in detail in J. Org. Chem., (1989), 54, 1048. Scheme 12 R 17c hal = Cl, Br, I The hydrazides of Formula 19 can be prepared as illustrated in Scheme 13. Condensation of the isocyanate of Formula 21 with the hydrazine of Formula H 2 NNR 2 R 32 in an inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran affords the hydrazide. Scheme 13 R32 = C(=S)S(C 1 -C 4 akyD or R 2 3) Conjugate Addition/Cvclization Procedures In addition to the methods disclosed above, compounds of Formula I wherein X = SR 1 and G = C (Formula Ic) can be prepared by treating a ketenedithioacetal of Formula 22 with an ambident nucleophile of Formula 6 (Scheme 14). The nucleophiles of Formula 6 are described above. etene dithioacetals of Formula 22a or 22b can be prepared by condensing aryl acetic esters of Formula 9 or amides of Formula 9f, respectively, with carbon disulfide in the presence of a suitable base, followed by reaction with two equivalents of an R^halide, such as iodomethane or propargyl bromide (Scheme 15). Conversion of 22b to 22c can be accomplished by reaction with trialkyl tetrafluoroborates. Scheme 15 22a 9f 22b T 4 - H, Ci-Cg alkyl, C,-C 6 alkoxy Compounds of Formula Id (compounds of Formula 1 wherein A = N, G = N) can be prepared by condensation of N-amino-ureas of Formula 23 with a carbonylating agent of Formula 24 (Scheme 16). The carbonylating agents of Formula 24 are carbonyl or thiocarbonyl transfer reagents such as phosgene, thiophosgene, diphosgene (ClC(=O)OCCl 3 ), triphosgene (Cl 3 COC(=O)OCCl 3 ), NN'-carbonyldiimidazole, NN-thiocarbonyldiimidazole, and l, -carbonyldi(l,2,4-triazole). Alternatively, the compounds of Formula 24 can be alkyl chloroformates or dialkyl carbonates. Some of these carbonylating reactions may require the addition of a base to effect reaction. Appropriate bases include alkali metal alkoxides such as potassium ter/-butoxide, inorganic bases such as sodium hydride and potassium carbonate, tertiary amines such as triemylamine and triethylenediamine, pyridine, or l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7- ene (DBU). Suitable solvents include polar aprotic solvents such as acetonitrile, dimethylformamide, or dimethyl sulfoxide; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane, or diethyl ether; ketones such as acetone or 2-butanone; hydrocarbons such as toluene or benzene; or halocarbons such as dichloromethane or chloroform. The reaction temperature can vary between 0°C and 150°C and the reaction time can be from 1 to 72 hours depending on the choice of base, solvent, temperature, and substrates. Scheme 16 23 !d T 1 and T 2 are independently CL, OCCl 3 , 0(Cι-C alkyl), 1-imidazolyl, 1 A triazoryl X = OH or SH X^ Oor S N-Amino-ureas of Formula 23 can be prepared as illustrated in Scheme 17. Treatment of an arylamine of Formula 25 with phosgene, thiophosgene, N,N'-carbonyldiimidazole, or NN-thiocarbonyldiimidazole produces the isocyanate or isothiocyanate of Formula 26. A base can be added for reactions with phosgene or thiophosgene. Isocyanates of Formula 26 can also be prepared by heating acylazides of Formula 25a in a solvent such as toluene or benzene (Curtius rearrangement). The corresponding acylazides can be prepared from well known methods in the art (see March, J., Advanced Organic Chemistry; 3rd Edition, John Wiley: New York, (1985), pp 428, 637 and also Chem. Pharm. Bull (1977), 25, 165, and references therein. Subsequent treatment of the iso(thio)cyanate with an R 2 -substituted hydrazine produces the N-amino-urea of Formula 23. Scheme 17 23 Compounds of Formula le (compounds of Formula 1 wherein A = CR 14 , G = N, and X = O) can be prepared by either method illustrated in Scheme 18. Ureas of Formula 27 are reacted with activated 2-halocarboxylic acid derivatives such as 2-halocarboxylic acid chlorides, 2-halocarboxylic acid esters or 2-haloacyl imidazoles. The initial acylation on the arylamino nitrogen is followed by an intramolecular displacement of the 2-halo group to effect cyclization. Base may be added to accelerate the acylation and/or the subsequent cyclization. Suitable bases include triethylamine and sodium hydride. Alternatively, Formula le compounds can be prepared by reaction of Formula 26 iso(thio)cyanates or Formula 26a carbodiimides with Formula 28a esters. As described above, base may be added to accelerate the reaction and subsequent cyclization to Formula le compounds. Carbodiimides 26a can be prepared as shown in Scheme 18, starting with compounds of Formula 26. T 5 = C j -Cg alkyl, C j-Cg alkoxy The (thio)ureas or amidines of Formula 27 can be prepared by either of the methods illustrated in Scheme 19. The arylamine of Formula 25 can be contacted with an isocyanate or isothiocyanate of Formula R 2 N=C=W as described above. Alternatively, an iso(thio)cyanate of Formula 26 or carbodiimide of Formula 26a can be condensed with an amine of Formula R 2 -NH 2 to form the urea or amidine. The arylamine and iso(thio)cyanates of Formulae 25 and 26, respectively, are commercially available or prepared by well-known methods. For example, isothiocyanates can be prepared by methods described in J. Heterocycl. Chem., (1990), 27, 407. Isocyanates can be prepared as described in March, J., Advanced Organic Chemistry; 3rd ed., John Wiley: New York, (1985), pp 944, 1166 and also in Synthetic Communications, (1993), 23 (3), 335 and references therein. For methods describing the preparation of arylamines of Formula 25 that are not commercially available, see M. S. Gibson in 77ιe Chemistry of the Amino Group; Patai, S., Ed.; Interscience Publishers, 1968; p 37 and Tetrahedron Lett. (1982), 23 (7), 699 and references therein. Scheme 19 NH 2 R2 N== C=W 25 HN, \?* HN E^Z R 2 — NH 2 2 27 ^ c^ w 26: W = 0, S 26a: W = NT 5 T 5 = C j-Cg alkyl, Cj-Cg alkoxy 4) Thionation Procedures Compounds of Formula le, compounds of Formula I wherein W = S, can be prepared by treating compounds of Formula Id (I wherein W = O) with thionating reagents such as P S 5 or Lawesson's reagent (2,4-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-l,3-dithia-2,4- diphosphetane-2,4-disulfide) as illustrated in Scheme 20 (see Bull. Soc. Chim. Belg, (1978), 87, 229; and Tetrahedron Lett., (1983), 24, 3815). Scheme 20 Id X = OR 1 or SR 1 I Reaction of compounds of Formula lea with an alkyl halide in the presence of base provides compounds of Formula leb, which can be reacted with compounds of Formula T 5 NH 2 and then alkylated with R 2 -(Br, Cl, or 1) to provide compounds of Formula Iec. Scheme 20a lea leb Ice R = C j -C 4 alkyl T 5 = C 1 -C 6 aIkyL Ci-C 6 alko)y 5) Aryl Moietv (Ε-Y-Z1 Synthesis Procedures Compounds of Formula If (compounds of Formula I wherein Y is CHR 15 O, CHR 15 S, or CHR 15 O-N=CR 7 ) can be prepared by contacting halides of Formula 29 with various nucleophiles (Scheme 21). The appropriate alcohol or thiol is treated with a base, for example sodium hydride, to form the corresponding alkoxide or thioalkoxide which acts as the nucleophile. Scheme 21 ,CHR ,5 OH E I A— N R 2 50 Some aryl halides of Formula 29 can be prepared by radical halogenation of the corresponding alkyl compound (i.e., H instead of halogen in Formula 29), or by acidic cleavage of the corresponding methyl ether (i.e., OMe instead of halogen in Formula 29). Other aryl halides of Formula 29 can be prepared from the appropriate alcohols of Formula 30 by well known halogenation methods in the art (see Carey, F. A.; Sundberg, R. J. Advanced Organic Chemistry; 3rd ed., Part B, Plenum: New York, (1990), p 122). Compounds of Formula I wherein Y is CR 6 =CR 6 or CHR 6 -CHR 6 (Formula lg and Ih, respectively) can be prepared as illustrated in Scheme 22. Treatment of the halides of Formula 29a with triphenylphosphine or a trialkylphosphite produces the corresponding phosphonium salt (Formula 31) or phosphonate (Formula 32), respectively. Condensation of the phosphorus compound with a base and a carbonyl compound of Formula Z(R 6 )C=O affords the olefin of Formula lg. Scheme 22 29a 31: P^ P^CgH j ^ haUde- O R= C!-C 4 alkyl 32: Pl - P(ORk 1) Halogenation 2) Dehalogenation Di Ii The olefins of Formula lg can be converted to the saturated compounds of Formula Ih by hydrogenation over a metal catalyst such as palladium on carbon as is well-known in the art (Rylander, Catalytic Hydrogenation in Organic Synthesis; Academic: New York, 1979). Formula Ii alkynes can be prepared by halogenation/dehalogenation of Formula lg olefins using procedures well-known in the art (March, J. Advanced Organic Chemistry; 3rd ed., John Wiley: New York, (1985), p 924). Additionally, Formula Ii alkynes can be prepared by well-known reaction of aryl halides with alkyne derivatives in the presence of catalysts such as nickel or palladium (see J. Organomet. Chem. , (1975), P5 253-257). The olefin of Formula lg can also be prepared by reversing the reactivity of the reactants in the Wittig or Homer-Emmons condensation. For example, 2-alkylaryl derivatives of Formula 33 can be converted into the corresponding dibromo-compound of Formula 34 as illustrated in Scheme 23 (see Synthesis, (1988), 330). The dibromo- compound can be hydrolyzed to the carbonyl compound of Formula 35, which in turn can be condensed with a phosphonjs-containing nucleophile of Formula 36 or 37 to afford the olefin of Formula lg. Additionally, compounds of Formula 35 can be prepared by oxidation of the corresponding alcohols of Formula 30. Vinyl halides of Formula Ij can be prepared by reacting phosphorus reagents of Formulae 37a or 37b with carbonyl compounds of Formula 35 (Scheme 23). The preparations of halides of Formula 37a from the appropriate diethylphosphonoacetate are described by McKenna and Khawli in J. Org. Chem., (1986), 51, 5467. The thiono esters of Formula 37b can be prepared from esters of Formula 37a by converting the carbonyl oxygen of the ester to a thiocarbonyl (see Chem. Rev., (1984), 84, 17 and Tetrahedron Lett., (1984), 25, 2639). Scheme 23 Ij Oximes of Formula Ik (Formula I wherein Y is C(R 7 )=N-O) can be prepared from carbonyl compounds of Formula 38 by condensation with hydroxylamine, followed by O-alkylation with electrophiles of Formula Z-(C1, Br, or I) (Scheme 24). Alternatively, the O-substituted hydroxylamine can be condensed with the carbonyl compound of Formula 38 to yield oximes of Formula Ik directly. Scheme 24 38 hal = Cl, Bror I Ik Carbamates of Formula II can be prepared by reacting aryl alcohols of Formula 30 with isocyanates of Formula 39 (Scheme 25). A base such as triethylamine can be added to catalyze the reaction. As shown, carbamates of Formula II can be f rther alkylated to provide the carbamates of Formula Im. Scheme 25 30 u h Compounds of Formula I wherein Y is -CHR 15 O-N=C(R 7 )-C(=N-A 2 -Z 1 )-A 1 -, -CHR 15 O-N=C(R 7 )-C(R 7 )=N-A -A 3 - or -CHR 15 O-N=C(-C(R 7 )=N-A 2 -Z 1 )- can be prepared by methods known in the art or obvious modifications (see, for example, WO 95/18789, WO 95/21153, and references therein) together with the methods disclosed herein. Compounds of Formula I wherein Y is -CHR 15 OC(=O)O-, -CHR 15 OC(=S)O-, -CHR 15 OC(=O)S-, -CHR 15 OC(=S)S-, -CHR 15 SC(=O)N(R 15 )-, -CHR 1 SC(=S)N(R 15 )-, -CHR 15 SC(=O)O-, -CHR 15 SC(=S)O-, -CHR 1 SC(=O)S-, -CHR 1 SC(=S)S-, -CHR 15 SC(=NRl )S- or -CHR 15 N(R^ 5 )C(=O)N(R 15 )- can be prepared by methods known in the art or obvious modifications (see, for example, U.S. 5,416,110, EP 656,351 and references therein) together with the methods disclosed herein. Compounds of Formula In (Formula IA where Y is (CH2) x O, where x = 0 or 1) can be prepared by contacting hydroxy compounds of Formula 40 with appropriate heterocycles or activated aromatic hydrocarbons Lg-Z (where Lg is an appropriate leaving group, for example, halogen or alkylsulfonyl) in the presence of suitable bases (for example, K 2 CO 3 , KO-/-Bu or NaH) in suitable solvents (for example, acetone, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide or tetrahydrofuran) (see Scheme 26). 40 where x = 0 or 1 In Compounds of Formula Lg-Z may be prepared according to literature procedures, for example, Comprehensive Heterocyclic Chemistry, Pergamon Press, vol. 6, 1984, pp 463-511 orJ. Org. Chem. (1973), 38, 469 or J. Het. Chem. (1979), 961 for the preparation of 1,2,4-thiadiazoles, U.S. 5,166,165 orJ Chem. Soc, Perkin Trans. 1 (1983), 967 for the preparation of 1 ,3,4-oxadiazoles and 1 ,3,4-thiadiazoles, EP 446,010 orJ. Med. Chem. (1992), 35, 3691 for the preparation of 1,2,4-oxadiazoles. The compounds of the present invention are prepared by combinations of reactions as illustrated in the Schemes 1-26 in which Z is a moiety as described in the summary. Preparation of the compounds containing the radical Z 5 [Z as described in the summary, substituted with L (defined as any group attached to Z as depicted in each of the individual schemes)] can be accomplished by one skilled in the art by the appropriate combination of reagents and reaction sequences for a particular Z 5 -L. Such reaction sequences can be developed based on known reactions available in the chemical art. For a general reference, see March, J. Advanced Organic Chemistry; 3rd ed., John Wiley: New York, (1985) and references therein. See the following paragraphs and Schemes for some examples of how L is defined in individual schemes, and the preparation of representative Z 5 -L examples. Note that Z 5 in the Schemes 27- 41 is also taken to be the radical below, such that compounds assembled by the methods taught in Schemes 1-26 can be further modified by the chemistry illustrated to provide compounds I as described in the summary. Z 5 = Z o Compounds of Formula 42 in Scheme 27 can be prepared from compounds of Formula 41 by reaction with hydroxylamine or hydroxylamine salts. See Sandier and Karo, Organic Functional Group Preparations, Vol. 3 Academic Press, New York, (1972) 372-381 for a review of methods. Compounds of Formula 42 correspond to compounds of Formula 13 in Scheme 6 when Y 1 = O-N=C(R 7 ) and in Scheme 21, reagent HO-N=CR 7 . Scheme 27 41 42 Compounds of Formula 41 can be prepared from compounds of Formula 43 (Scheme 28) by Friedel-Crafts acylation with compounds of Formula 44. (See Olah, G. "Friedel-Crafts and Related Reactions," Interscience, New York (1963-1964) for a general review). Compounds of Formula 41 may also be prepared by reaction of acyl halides, anhydrides, esters, or amides of Formula 47 with organometallic reagents of Formula 46. (See March, J. Advanced Organic Chemistry; 3rd ed., John Wiley: New York, (1985), pp 433-435 and references therein.) The organometallic compounds of Formula 46 may be prepared by reductive metallation or halogen-metal exchange of a halogen-containing compound of Formula 45 using, for example, magnesium or an organolithium reagent, or by deprotonation of compounds of Formula 43 using a strong base such as a lithioamide or an organolithium reagent, followed by transmetallation. Compound 41a corresponds to Compound 14a in Scheme 8 and compound 41 in Scheme 27, while compound 41b corresponds to O=C(R 6 )Z in Scheme 22 and Compound 41c corresponds to compound 93 (where T 18 = R 26 ) in Scheme 41. Scheme 28 A1C1 3 4 1 a R 33 =R 7 hal=Cl, Br, I M^Mg ≠=CΪ CuLiZ OCOR 33 CdZ OR SnR 3 N R 2 R 33 = R6, R7 t R29 or R 26 R = C!-C 4 alkyl Compounds of Formula 45 may be prepared by reaction of compounds of Formula 43 (Scheme 29) with, for example, bromine or chlorine, with or without additional catalysts, under free-radical or aromatic electrophilic halogenation conditions, depending on the nature of Z. Alternative sources of halogen, such as N- halosuccinimides, tert-butyl hypohalites or SO 2 Cl 2 , may also be used. (See March, J. Advanced Organic Chemistry; 3rd ed., John Wiley: New York, (1985), pp 416-419, 620-626, and references therein.) For a review of free-radical halogenation, see Huyser, in Patai," The Chemistry of the Carbon-Halogen Bond," Part 1 , Wiley, New York (1973) pp 549-607. For electrophilic substitutions, see de la Mare, "Electrophilic Halogenation," Cambridge University Press, London (1976). Compounds of Formula 45 correspond to compounds of Formula 15 in Scheme 7 where Lg = Br, Cl, or I and reagent Z-hal in Scheme 24. Compounds of Formula 49 can be prepared from compounds of Formula 48 by similar procedures. Compounds of Formula 49 correspond to compounds of Formula 16 in Scheme 7 where Lg = Br, Cl, or I. Compounds of Formula 36 or 37 in Scheme 23 can be prepared by reaction of compounds of Formula 49 with triphenylphosphine or trialkyl phosphites, respectively, followed by deprotonation with base. See Cadogen, "Organophosphorus Reagents in Organic Synthesis," Academic Press, New York ( 1979) for a general treatise on these reagents. Scheme 29 . Br. I H-CHR 6 -Z 5 hal-CHR 6 -Z 5 48 49 1) (C 6 H 5 ) 3 P or (RO) 3 P 2) base R = C r C 4 alkyl 36 or 37 in Scheme 23 Compounds of Formula 50 can be prepared from compounds of Formula 4 Id by treatment with peracids such as perbenzoic or peracetic acid, or with other peroxy compounds in the presence of an acid catalysts, followed by hydrolysis of the resultant ester (Scheme 30). For a review, see Plesnicar, in Trahanovsky, "Oxidation in Organic Chemistry, pt. C, Academic Press, New York (1978) pp 254-267. Formula 50 corresponds to Formula 13 in Scheme 6 when Y 1 = O and reagent HO-Z in Scheme 21. Compounds of Formula 54 can be prepared from compounds of Formula 50 by conversion to the dialkylthiocarbamates of Formula 52 followed by rearrangement to Formula 53 and subsequent hydrolysis. See M. S. Newman and H. A. Karnes, J. Org. Chem. (1966), 31, 3980-4. Formula 54 corresponds to Formula 13 in Scheme 6 when Y 1 = S and reagent HS-Z in Scheme 21. Scheme 30 o=C(CH 3 z 5 D [0] HO-Z 5 41d 2) hydrolysis 50 αCSN(R)2 heat HO-Z 5 Z 5 -0-CSN(R)2 Z 5 -S-CON(R)2 HS-Z 5 51 52 53 54 R=- C--C 4 alkyl Compounds of Formula 55 can be converted to compounds of Formulae 45, 50 or 54 via the diazonium compounds 56, by treatment with nitrous acid followed by subsequent reaction (Scheme 31). See reviews by Hegarty , pt. 2, pp 511-91 and Schank, pt. 2, pp 645-657, in Patai, "The Chemistry of Diazonium and Diazo Groups," Wiley, New York (1978). Treatment of Formula 56 compounds with cuprous halides or iodide ions yield compounds of Formula 45. Treatment of Formula 56 compounds with cuprous oxide in the presence of excess cupric nitrate provides compounds of Formula 50. (Cohen, Dietz, and Miser, J. Org Chem., (1977), 42, 2053). Treatment of Formula 56 compounds with (S 2 )" 2 yields compounds of Formula 54. Treatment of Formula 56 compounds with SO 2 and CI 2 yields compounds of Formula 54a. Compounds of Formula 55 can be prepared from compounds of Formula 43 by mtration, followed by reduction (Scheme 32). A wide variety of nitrating agents is available (see Schofield, " Aromatic Nitration," Cambridge University Press, Cambridge (1980)). Reduction of nitro compounds can be accomplished in a number of ways (see March, J. Advanced Organic Chemistry; 3rd ed., John Wiley: New York, (1985), pp 1103-4 and references therein). Formula 55 corresponds to Formula 13 in Scheme 6 when Y 1 = NR 15 and R 15 = H. Scheme 32 Z 5 -H Z 5 -Nθ2 Z 5 -NH 2 43 57 55 Iodides of Formula 8 can be prepared from compounds of Formula 60 by the methods described above in Schemes 21-26 for various Y-Z combinations. Compounds of Formula 60 can in turn be prepared from compounds of Formula 59 by functional group interconversions which are well known to one skilled in the art. The compounds of Formula 59 can be prepared by treating compounds of Formula 58 with an organolithium reagent such as n-BuLi or LDA followed by trapping the intermediate with iodine (Beak, P., Snieckus, V. Ace. Chem. Res., (1982), 15, 306). Additionally, lithiation via halogen metal exchange of compounds of Formula 58, where H is replaced by Br, will produce an intermediate which can be trapped with iodine to prepare compounds of Formula 59 (Parham, W. E., Bradsher, C. K. Ace. Chem. Res., (1982), 75, 300 (Scheme 32). Scheme 33 Organolithium _/T' reagent, I Functional H h * " i Group I 58 Intercoπ version 60 Y-Z construction T 7 = CO2H, CONR 2 , CONHR, CH 2 OH, OMe, OCH 2 OMe t = l or2 Compounds of Formula 63 can be prepared by reacting compounds of formula 61 with acylating agents of Formula 62, with or without optional base. Suitable alkylating agents are, for example, alkyl chloroformates, anhydrides, carbamoyl chlorides, or carbonylimidazoles. Alternatively, compounds of Formula 61 can be reacted with compounds of Formula 24, (e.g., phosgene, diphosgene, triphosgene, thiophosgene, NN'-carbonyldiimidazole, or NN'-thiocarbonyldiimidazole) followed by reaction with compounds of Formula 64, with or without optional base. Compounds of Formula 68 can be prepared by reaction of compounds of Formula 66 with sulfonylating agents of Formula 67 (for example, methanesuifonyl chloride or trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride) with or without optional base. Appropriate bases include alkali metal alkoxides such as potassium ter -butoxide, inorganic bases such as sodium hydride and potassium carbonate, tertiary amines such as triethylamine and trie ylenediamine, pyridine, or l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU). Suitable solvents include polar aprotic solvents such as acetonitrile, dimethylformamide, or dimethyl sulfoxide; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane, or diethyl ether; ketones such as acetone or 2-butanone; hydrocarbons such as toluene or benzene; or halocarbons such as dichloromethane or chloroform. The reaction temperature can vary between 0 °C and 150 °C and the reaction time can be from 1 to 72 hours depending on the choice of base, solvent, temperature, and substrates. Scheme 34 Q^ O. S. NR 26 χ! = 0, S T 9 = Cl, OCCI 3> OCO(Cι-C 4 alkyl), 1-imidazoyl, 1,2,4-triazodyl τ 10 = R 26 OR 27 , SR 27 , N(R 26 ) 2 61 2) TH-H/opt.base 65 (64) X^ O. S T 1 and T 2 are independently Cl, OCCl 3 , 0(C!-C alkyl), 1-imidazρlyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl T 1 1 = OR 27 , SR 27 , N(R 26 ) 2 66 ° l - base 68 Q 2 = O, NR 26 T 12 = CI, R 27 S0 2 0 Compounds of Formula 71 can be prepared by reaction of compounds of Formula 9 with isocyanates of Formula 70. A base such as triethylamine can be added to catalyze the reaction. Compounds of Formula 73 can be prepared by reaction of compounds of Formula 69 with silylating or germylating agents of Formulae 72a or 72b, in the presence of a base such as, but not limited to, pyridine or imidazole. Scheme 35 R26 , = R 26 , except H base ~, Q 3 = Si or Ge Compounds of Formula 76 can be prepared by reaction of compounds of Formula 74 with alkylating agents of Formula 75 which include alkyl-, haloalkyl- or aryl- sulfonates such as ethyl lactate methanesulfonate, 2-methoxyethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate or cyanomethybenzenesulfonate, and alkyl halides such as benzyl bromide and propargyl bromide (Scheme 36). These alky lations can be conducted with or without additional base. Appropriate bases include alkali metal alkoxides such as potassium terf-butoxide, inorganic bases such as sodium hydride and potassium carbonate, or tertiary amines such as triemylamine, pyridine, l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU), and triethylenediamine. Note that when Q 4 = NH, two equivalents of the same compound 75 or two different compounds 75 can be reacted sequentially. Scheme 36 1 or 2 eq. Z 5_ Q 4_ H Lg^-T 13 ( j, Z -QL-T' 3 opt. base 74 76 Q 4 = 0, S, NH Q 5 = 0, S, NR 2 8 Lg Ia = CI, Br, I, =OSθ2V 2 V 2 - Cι-C 6 alkyl, C,-C 6 haloalkyl, phenyl, 4-MeC 6 H - T 13 = C 3 -C 6 haloalkenyl, C 3 -Cg alkynyl, C 3 -Cg haloalkynyl, C2-C5 alkoxyalkyl, C5-C9 trialkylsilylalkoxyalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkylthioalkyl, Cj-C 3 alkyl substituted with cyano, C(= 0)OR 26 or C( = O) N(R 26 ) 2 Compounds of Formula 78 can be prepared from compounds of Formula 77 by nucleophilic displacement with alkali metal alkoxides, alkali metal thioalkoxides (M + -T 14 ) (Scheme 37). Similar displacements on compounds of Formula 80 with compounds M + -T 15 provide compounds of Formula 81. Compounds of Formula 79 can be prepared by reaction with amine derivatives in a suitable solvent. The leaving groups Lg 1 in compounds of Formula 77 and 80 are any group known in the art to undergo a displacement reaction of this type. Examples of suitable leaving groups include chlorine, bromine, and sulfonyl and sulfonate groups. Examples of suitable inert solvents are dimethylformamide or dimethyl sulfoxide, dimethoxyethane, and methanol. Scheme 37 Z J Lg 1' M + -T 14 ». 11 HN(R 2 8) 2 M + -T 15 Z 5 CH 2 Lg 1 80 81 M = K orNa Lg = Cl, Br, -SC--2V or OSC^V V = C r C 6 alkyl, C r C 6 haloalkyl, or 4-CH 3 -C,sH4 T 14 = SCN, benzyloxy, phenylthio, benzylthio, pyrimidinylmethoxy, pyridinylthio, thienylthio, furanyloxy, furanylthio, pyrimidinylthio, each optionally substituted T 1 = benzyloxy, phenylthio, each optionally substituted Compounds of Formula 84 can be prepared from compounds of Formula 82 by reaction with nucleophiles of Formula 83 in the presence of added base (Scheme 38). Similarly, reaction of compounds of Formula 54a with nucleophiles of Formula 85 leads to compounds of Formula 86. Appropriate bases include alkali metal alkoxides such as potassium fert-butoxide, inorganic bases such as sodium hydride and potassium carbonate, or tertiary amines such as triethylamine, pyridine, l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU), and triethylenediamine. Acid chlorides of Formula 82 can be prepared from carboxylic acids of Formula 87 by a variety of methods (see March, J. Advanced Organic Chemistry; 3rd ed., John Wiley: New York, (1985), pp 388-9 and references therein). Carboxylic acids are widely available and can be synthesized by one skilled in the art by a variety of methods. Compounds of Formula 54a can be prepared, in addition to the method described in Scheme 31, by halosulfonation of compounds of Formula 43 with chlorosulfonic acid (For a review, see Gilbert, Sulfonation and Related Reactions, Interscience, New York (1965) pp 62- 83,87-124). Compounds of Formula 54a also can be prepared by oxidative chlorination of mercaptans of Formula 52 by chlorine and water. Sulfide, disulfide, and thioacetate derivatives of 52 (Formula 52a), among others, can be used to effect the same reaction. (For a review, see Gilbert, Sulfonation and Related Reactions, Interscience, New York (1965) pp 202-21). Scheme 38 H— T 16 (83) , , 6 Z 3 COCI ». Z 5 — COT 1 " 82 Base 84 T16 = OR30 ) SR26 ) N(R26) 2 , H T 17 (85) Z 3 SO2CI ». _5 c τ 17 Z J SO2T- Base Z 5 COOH ^ z 5 COCI 87 82 Z5H CISQ3H Z J SO2CI 43 54a Z5-SH Cl2 H ° ■ S02C1 52 or 54a Z 5 -SQ 6 52a Q 6 = C)-C alkyl, benzyl, S(C]-C alkyl), S-benzyl, SCOCH 3 Compounds of Formula 90 (Scheme 39) can be prepared using methods well- known in the art. (For leading references on the art of preparing silyl- and germyl- substituted compounds see The Organic Compounds of Germanium, Michel Lesabre, Piere Mazerolles, and Jacques Satge, Dietmar Seyferth, Ed. , John Wiley & Sons, New York; C. Eaborn and K. C. Pande, J. Chem. Soc. (1960) 3200-3203; M. Wieber and M. Schmidt, J. Organometai. Chem. (1963) 93-94; and WO 94/08976). See Scheme 39 for two methods. One method is the reductive metallation or halogen-metal exchange of compounds of Formula 88 using magnesium or an organolithium reagent, followed by treatment with a silyl- or germyl-substituted halide of Formula 89. A second method is deprotonation of compounds of Formula 43 using a strong base such as a lithioamide or an organolithium reagent followed by treatment with a compound of Formula 89. Scheme 39 l) Mg or R 3 1 Li . 2) (Cl, Br, l) Q 7 (89) , 7 Z 5 (CL Br. I) *■ Z Q 88 90 Compounds of Formula 92 can be prepared by oxidation of the corresponding thio compound of Formula 91 (Scheme 40) using well-known methods for the oxidation of sulfur (see Schrenk, K. in The Chemistry ofSulphones and Sulphoxides; Patai, S. et al., Eds.; Wiley: New York, 1988). Using one equivalent of oxidizing agent provides the sulfinyl moiety (n = ** 1) while two equivalents provides the sulfonyl moiety (n = 2). Suitable oxidizing reagents include meta-chloroperoxybenzoic acid, hydrogen peroxide and Oxone® (KHSO 5 ). Scheme 40 Z5 _ S _ Q8 oxidizing agent ^ z 5_ ^ 91 92 Q8 = Cj-Cg haloalkyl, phenyl (optionally substituted) n = 1 or 2 Compounds of Formula 94 can be prepared by treating compounds of Formula 93 with thionating reagents such as P2S5 or Lawesson's reagent (2,4-bis(4- methoxyphenyl)-l,3-dithia-2,4-diphosphetane-2,4-disulfide) as illustrated in Scheme 41 (see Bull. Soc. Chim. Belg, (1978), 87, 229; and Tetrahedron Lett., (1983), 24, 3815). Scheme 41 < 0 II . » P 2 s 5 or , 5 II ,o Z 5 — C— T 18 *■ Z 5 -C— T 18 Lawesson's Reagent 93 94 χl8 = R26, OR26, SR26 ? N(R2 ) 2 Additionally, when Z is substituted with iodine or Lg 2 (defined in Scheme 10), certain R 9 moieties may be introduced via a palladium(0)-catalyzed cross coupling reaction with the appropriate nucleophiles containing R 9 , such as arylboronic acids, aryl or alkyl zinc reagents, and substituted acetylenes. It is recognized that some reagents and reaction conditions described above for preparing compounds of Formula I may not be compatible with certain functionalities present in the intermediates. In these instances, the incorporation of protection/deprotection sequences or functional group interconversions into the synthesis will aid in obtaining the desired products. The use and choice of the protecting groups will be apparent to one skilled in chemical synthesis (see, for example, Greene, T. W.; Wuts, P. G. M. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2nd ed.; Wiley: New York, 1991). One skilled in the art will recognize that, in some cases, after the introduction of a given reagent as it is depicted in any individual scheme, it may be necessary to perform additional routine synthetic steps not described in detail to complete the synthesis of compounds of Formula I. One skilled in the art will also recognize that it may be necessary to perform a combination of the steps illustrated in the above schemes in an order other than that implied by the particular sequence presented to prepare the compounds of Formula I. One skilled in the art will also recognize that compounds of Formula I and the intermediates described herein can be subjected to various electrophilic, nucleophilic, radical, organometallic, oxidation, and reduction reactions to add substituents or modify existing substituents. Without further elaboration, it is believed that one skilled in the art using the preceding description can utilize the present invention to its fullest extent. The following Examples are, therefore, to be construed as merely illustrative, and not limiting of the disclosure in any way whatsoever. Percentages are by weight except for chromatographic solvent mixtures or where otherwise indicated. Parts and percentages for chromatographic solvent mixtures are by volume unless otherwise indicated. ■ H NMR spectra are reported in ppm downfield from tetramethylsilane; s = singlet, d = doublet, t = triplet, q = quartet, AB q = "AB" quartet, m = multiplet, dd * = doublet of doublets, ddd = doublet of doublets of doublets, br = broad, br s = broad singlet, br m = broad multiplet. EXAMPLE 1 Step A: Preparation of N-(2-methoχyphenylV2.2-dimethylhvdrazinecarboxamide To a stirred solution of 15.0 g of 2-methoxyphenyl isocyanate in 100 mL of toluene at 5 °C under nitrogen was slowly added 7.65 mL of 1,1-dimethylhydrazine in 10 mL toluene. The cooling bath was then removed and the reaction was allowed to stir for an additional 10 min, and was then concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting material was dissolved in diethyl ether and concentrated again. A solid was obtained which was triturated with hexanes to afford 21 g of the title compound of Step A as a white solid. Η ΝMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 8.6 (br s,lH), 8.24 (m,lH), 6.95 (m,2H), 6.85 (m,lH), 5.35 (br s,lH), 3.89 (s,3H), 2.60 (s,6H). Step B: Preparation of 5-chloro-2,4-dihvdro-4-(2-methoχyphenyl ' )-2-methyl-3H- 1.2.4-triazol-3-one To a stirred solution of 21 g of the title compound of Step A in 800 mL of dichloromethane under nitrogen was added 29.85 g of triphosgene. The reaction was heated to reflux and allowed to reflux overnight, cooled, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with distilled water, and then with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution. The organic layer was dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The solid was recrystallized from dichloromethane and the resulting solid was triturated with diethyl ether to afford 10 g of the title compound of Step B as a white solid melting at 152-154 °C. *H ΝMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 7.45 (t,lH),7.25 (d,lH), 7.05 (m,2H), 3.84 (s,3H), 3.53 (s,3H). Step C: Preparation of 5-crdoro-2,4-dihvcu~O-4-(2-hvdroxyphenylV2-methyl- 3H-1.2.4-triazol-3-one The title compound of Step B (7.7 g) was dissolved in 65 mL of dichloromethane under nitrogen, cooled to -78 °C, and 34 mL of a 1.0 M boron tribromide solution in dichloromethane was then added over 0.5 h with stirring. After the addition, the cooling bath (dry ice/acetone) was kept in place for an additional 0.5 h and then the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature. Ice was added to the reaction mixture which was then diluted with diethyl ether and the product was extracted using IN aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. The aqueous layer was acidified with 6Ν aqueous hydrochloric acid solution and extracted with dichloromethane and then with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was triturated with diethyl ether to afford 5.54 g of the title compound of Step C as a white solid. H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 8.18 (s,lH), 7.11 (t,2H), 6.91 (t,lH), 6.76 (d,lH), 3.56 (s,3H). Step D: Preparation of 2,4-dihvdro-4-(2-hvdroxyphenyl)-5-methoxy-2-methyl- 3H- 1.2,4-triazol-3-one To a stirred solution of 5.54 g of the title compound of Step C in 50 mL of methanol and 25 mL of 1 ,2-dimethoxyethane under nitrogen was added 18.6 mL of 30% sodium methoxide solution in methanol. The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 5.5 h and then cooled to room temperature. The mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and the product was extracted using IN aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. The aqueous layer was acidified with 6N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was dried (MgSO ), filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was triturated with diethyl ether to afford 3.85 g of the title compound of Step D as a white solid (85% pure). »H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 8.40 (br s,lH), 7.20 (m,2H), 7.03 (d,lH), 6.94 (t,lH), 4.00 (s,3H), 3.48 (s,3H). Step E: Preparation of 2.4-dihvdro-4-r2-r(3-iodo-l .2.4-thiadiazol-5- v0oxylphenyl]-5-memoxy-2-methyl-3H-l ,2,4-triazol-3-one To a solution of the title compound of Step D (3.0 g, 13.6 mmol) in acetone (27 mL) was added potassium carbonate (2.44 g) and 3-iodo-5-(methylsulfonyl)- 1,2,4- thiadiazole (J. Org Chem. (1973), 38, 469) (4.33 g). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 36 h before being diluted with water. The resulting mixture was extracted twice with methylene chloride and the combined extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate. The solution was concentrated to a solid which was triturated with hot ethanol to give the title compound of Step E (2.8 g, 48%). *H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 7.55 (m,2H), 7.46 (m,2H), 3.86 (s,3H), 3.40 (s,3H). Step F: Preparation of 2.4-dihvdro-5-methoxy- 1 -methyl-4-f2-IT3-IT2- pyridinyllethvnvn-l.Σ -thiadiazol-S-vnoxylphenyll-SH-l^^-triazol-S- one To a solution of the title compound of Step E (307 mg, 0.71 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was added copper(I) iodide (14 mg), triethylamine (0.347 mL), 2-ethynylpyridine (186 mg, 1.78 mmol) and bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) chloride (25 mg). The mixture was stirred for 16 h at ambient temperature before being diluted with ethyl acetate and washed twice with water. The aqueous phases were extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic phases were dried over magnesium sulfate. The solution was concentrated and the residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, ethyl ether then ethyl acetate) to give the title compound of Step F, a compound of the invention. ! H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 8.65 (d,lH), 7.7 (m,lH), 7.65-7.5 (m,3H), 7.5-7.4 (m,2H), 7.3 (m,lH), 3.84 (s,3H), 3.40 (s,3H). EXAMPLE 2 Step A: Preparation of ethyl l-(4-chlorophenvDcvclopropanecarboximidate hvdrochloride To a solution of l-(4-chlorophenyl)-l-cyclopropanecarbonitrile (10 g, 56.3 mmol) in ethyl ether (56 mL) is added absolute ethanol (3.4 mL). The solution is cooled to 0 °C and saturated with dry HC1 gas. The reaction mixture is then left to stand at ambient temperature for 11 days after which time it is filtered under a stream of dry nitrogen to give the title compound of Step A (11.60 g) as a white solid. l H NMR (Me 2 SO-rf 6 ) δ 7.45 (s,4H), 4.47 (q,2H), 1.84 (m,2H), 1.48 (m,2H), 1.30 (t,3H). Step B: Preparation of l-(4-chlorophenv0cvclopropanecarboximidamide hvdrochloride To a solution of the title compound of Step A (11.60 g, 44.6 mmol) in methanol (15 mL) is added ammoma (9.0 mL, 7N solution in methanol). This mixture was stirred for 2 days before being concentrated to give the title compound of Step B (9.78 g). *H NMR (Me 2 SO--i 6 ) δ 9.2-9.0 (br,4H), 7.52-7.43 (m,4H), 1.52 (m,2H), 1.29 (m,2H). Step C: Preparation of 5-chloro-3-[ 1 -(4-chlorophenvDcvclopropyπ- 1.2,4- thiadiazole To a solution of the title compound of Step B (9.78 g, 42.3 mmol) in water (100 mL) is added methylene chloride (200 mL), benzyltriethylammonium chloride (0.79 g) and perchloromethyl mercaptan (4.62 mL, 42.3 mmol) and the mixture is cooled in an ice bath. With efficient stirring, sodium hydroxide (6.77 g) in water (100 mL) is then added dropwise such that the internal temperature does not exceed 10 °C. After the addition is complete, the cooling bath is removed and the reaction mixture is stirred for a further 1.5 h. The organic layer is then separated, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The yellow/brown tar is extracted with boiling hexane and the hot solution is filtered through a pad of silica gel. The silica gel is washed with hexane and the solution is then concentrated to give a yellow solid which is recrystallized from ethanol to give 3.97 g of the title compound of Step C as a white solid. Η NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 7.39-7.32 (m,4H), 1.75 (m,2H), 1.42 (m,2H). Step D: Preparation of 4-f2-rf 3-f 1 -(4-chlorophenvOcvclopropyl ' l- 1.2.4-thiadiazol- 5-yl1oxylphenvn-2.4-dihvdro-5-methoxy-2-methyl-3H-1.2.4-triazoI-3- one To a solution of the title compound of Step D in Example 1 (300 mg, 1.36 mmol) in acetone (3 mL) is added freshly ground potassium carbonate (244 mg) and the title compound of Step C (368 mg, 1.36 mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 days before being diluted with water and the resulting mixture was extracted three times with methylene chloride. The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The resulting residue was crystallized from ethanol to yield the title compound of Step D, a compound of the invention, as an off white solid melting at 123-124 °C. ! H NMR (CDCI 3 ) δ 7.52 (m,2H), 7.44 (m,2H), 7.36 (m,2H), 7.33 (m,2H), 3.82 (s,3H), 3.41 (s,3H), 1.65 (m,2H), 1.30 (m,2H). EXAMPLE 3 Step A: Preparation of ethyl 1.3-benzodioxole-5-carboximidate hvdrochloride To a solution of piperonylonitrile (10 g, 68.0 mmol) in ethyl ether (68 mL) and methylene chloride (30 mL) is added absolute ethanol (3.99 mL). The solution is cooled to 0 °C and saturated with dry HC1 gas. The reaction mixture is then left to stand at ambient temperature for 5 days after which time it is concentrated and the residue is triturated with ethyl ether to give the title compound of Step A (6.38 g) as a white solid. JH NMR (Me 2 SO- / 6 ) δ 7.80 (m,2H), 7.18 (d,lH), 6.23 (s,2H), 4.61 (q,2H), 1.47 (m,3H). Step B: Preparation of 1.3-benzodioxole-5-carboximidamide hvdrochloride To a solution of the title compound of Step A (6.38 g, 29.3 mmol) in ethanol is added ammonia (5.6 mL, 7N solution in methanol). This mixture is stirred for 6 days before being concentrated to give the title compound of Step B (5.60 g). l NMR (Me 2 SO-<i 6 ) δ 9.30 (s,2H), 9.17 (s,2H), 7.50-7.45 (m,2H), 7.16 (d,lH), 6.20 (s,2H). Step C: Preparation of 5-chloro-3-(l .3-benzodioxol-5-vD-l .2.4-thiadiazole To a solution of the title compound of Step B (5.60 g, 27.9 mmol) in water (68 mL) is added methylene chloride (136 mL), ben2yltriethylammoι ium chloride (0.52 g) and perchloromethyl mercaptan (3.05 mL, 27.9 mmol) and the mixture is cooled in an ice bath. With efficient stirring, sodium hydroxide (68 mL, 1.66N aqueous solution) is then added dropwise such that the internal temperature does not exceed 10 °C. After the addition is complete, the cooling bath is removed and the reaction mixture is stirred for a further 1 h. The organic layer is then separated, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The yellow/brown tar is extracted with boiling hexane and the hot solution is filtered through a pad of silica gel. The silica gel is washed with hexane and the solution is then concentrated to give a yellow solid which is recrystallized from ethanol to give the title compound of Step C as a white solid. H NMR (CDCi 3 ) δ 7.84 (d,lH), 7.70 (s,lH), 6.90 (d,lH), 6.06 (s,2H). Step D: Preparation of 4-r2-rr3-(1.3-benzodioxol-5-vn-1.2.4-thiadiazol-5- ylloxylphenyll-2.4-dihvdro-5-methoxy-2-methyl-3- t -1.2.4-triazol-3-one To a solution of the title compound of Step D in Example 1 (300 mg, 1.36 mmol) in acetone (3 mL) was added freshly ground potassium carbonate (244 mg) and the title compound of Step C (327 mg, 1.36 mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 days before being diluted with water and the resulting mixture was extracted three times with methylene chloride. The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was crystallized from ethyl ether to yield the title compound of Step D, a compound of the invention, as an off white solid melting at 168-169 °C. >H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 7.70 (d,lH), 7.63 (m,2H), 7.55 (m,lH), 7.48 (m,2H), 6.86 (d,lH), 6.02 (s,2H), 3.78 (s,3H), 3.37 (s,3H). EXAMPLE 4 Step A: Preparation of 2-(methylthioV 5-(tricvclo \3.3.1.1 3 » 7 ldec- l-ylV1.3.4- oxadiazole To a solution of 1-adamantanecarboxylic acid hydrazide (2.0 g, 10.3 mmol) in ethanol (16 mL) is added potassium hydroxide (1.08 mL, ION aqueous solution, 10.8 mmol) and carbon disulfide (0.682 mL) in a dropwise fashion. The mixture is further diluted with ethanol (10 mL) and the mixture is heated at reflux overnight. Methyl iodide (0.705 mL) is then added and the mixture is cooled in an ice bath and stirred for a further 0.5 h. The solution is concentrated and redissolved in methylene chloride. The solution is filtered through a pad of silica gel and concentrated to give the title compound of Step A (2.15 g) as a white solid. Steo B: Preparation of 2-(methylsulfonylV5-(tricvclor3.3.1.1 3 ' 7 ldec- 1 -ylV 1.3.4- oxadiazole To a solution of the title compound of Step A (2.15 g, 7.62 mmol) in acetic acid (17 mL) was added a solution of potassium permanganate (60 mL, 0.3M aqueous solution, 16.0 mmol) in a dropwise fashion. A slight exotherm was controlled with an ice bath. On complete addition, sodium hydrosulfite (80 mL, 40% aqueous solution) was added and the resultant precipitate was filtered to give 1.84 g of the title compoimd of Step B. *H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 3.47 (s,3H), 2.2-1.6 (br m,several H). Step C: Preparation of 2,4-dihvdro-5-methoxy-2-methyl-4-f2-[f 5- (tricvclor3.3.1.1 3 ' 7 1dec-l-ylV1.3.4-oxadiazol-2-ylloxylphenyll-3H-1.2.4- triazol-3-one To a solution of the title compound of Step D in Example 1 (0.5 g, 2.26 mmol) in acetone (5 mL) was added potassium carbonate (406 mg) and the title compound of Step B (383 mg). The mixture was stirred overnight before being diluted with methylene chloride and washed with water. The aqueous phase was re-extracted with methylene chloride and the combined organic phases were dried over magnesium sulfate and the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, 80% ethyl ether in petroleum ether and then ethyl ether) to give the title compound of Step C, a compound of the invention. *H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 7.8 (d,lH), 7.5 (t,lH), 7.42 (m,2H), 3.86 (s,3H), 3.44 (s,3H), 2.1 (br s,3H), 2.04 (br m,6H), 1.79 (br m,6H). EXAMPLE 5 Step A: Preparation of 3-r(2-chlorophenyl methoxyl-5-(methylthioV 1.2.4- thiadiazole To a solution of 3-hydroxy-5-thiomethyl-l,2,4-thiadiazole (J. Het. Chem., ( 1979), 961 ) (0.8 g) in DMF (10 mL) was added potassium carbonate ( 1.12 g) and 2-chlorobenzyl bromide. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 days before being diluted with ethyl acetate. The resulting mixture was washed twice with water and dried over magnesium sulfate. The solution was concentrated and the residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, 20% then 40% then 60% then 80% ethyl ether in petroleum ether). The early fractions were combined, concentrated and re-purified by column chromatography (silica gel, 5% then 10% ethyl ether in petroleum ether) to give the title compound of Step A. l K NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 7.45 (m,2H), 7.3 (m,2H), 5.03 (s,2H), 2.71 (s,3H). Step B: Preparation of 4-r2-rr3-r(2-chlorophenyl)methoxyl-l .2.4-thiadiazol-5- ylloxylphenvn-2,4-dihvdro-5-methoxy-2-methyl-3H-1.2.4-triazol-3-one To a solution the title compound of Step A (0.23 g) in acetic acid (1 mL) and acetic anhydride (1 mL) was added hydrogen peroxide (0.17 mL of a 30% aqueous solution) and the solution was left to stand overnight. An extra portion of hydrogen peroxide (0.085 mL) was then added and the solution left to stand for an additional 2 h before being diluted with ethyl ether. The resulting mixture was washed with Na 2 SO 3 (10% aqueous solution), aqueous NaHCO 3 and dried over magnesium sulfate. The solution was concentrated to give 0.32 g of compound. This material was redissolved in acetone (5 mL) and potassium carbonate (0.218 g) and the title compound of Step D in Example 1 (0.232 g) were added. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 h before being diluted with water and twice extracted with methylene chloride. The organic extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. Crystallization of the residue from ethyl ether gave the title compound of Step B (240 mg), a compound of the invention, as a solid melting at 107-108 °C. "H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 7.6-7.5 (m,3H), 7.5-7.35 (m,3H), 7.3 (m,2H), 5.49 (s,2H), 3.82 (s,3H), 3.4 (s,3H). EXAMPLE 6 Step A: Preparation of dimethylpropanedinitrile To a solution of malononitrile (10.0 g, 151.4 mmol) in DMF (300 mL) was added iodome ane (28.3 mL, 0.45 mol) and potassium carbonate (52.23 g, 379 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight. The mixture was then diluted with ethyl ether, washed with water and saturated aqueous NaCl, and the organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate. Concentration gave the title compound of Step A (4.84 g) as an oil containing 20 mol% of DMF. *H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 1.84 (s). Step B: Preparation of α-cvano-α-methylpropanimidamide (See Tet. Lett., 1990, 31, 1969). To a solution of trimethylaluminum (20.6 mL, 2M in toluene) in toluene (41 mL) at 0 °C was added ammonium chloride (2.20 g) in small portions. Upon complete addition, the cooling bath was removed and the mixture was stirred for a further 2 h. This mixture was then added to a solution of the title compound of Step A (4.84 g) in toluene (20 mL) and the mixture was heated at 85 °C overnight. The mixture was then cooled and poured onto a slurry of silica gel (200 g) in methylene chloride (300 mL). The mixture was stirred for 5 min and filtered, and the filter cake was washed with methanol. Concentration of the filtrate yielded the title compound of Step B (3.52 g). -H NMR QΛe 2 SO-d 6 ) δ 8.7-8.3 (br s,3H), 1.75 (s,6H). Step C: Preparation of 5-chloro-α.α-dimethyl- 1.2.4-thiadiazole-3-acetonitrile To a solution of the title compound of Step B (3.52 g, 31.4 mmol) in methylene chloride (75 mL) was added perchloromethyl mercaptan (3.4 mL) and the mixture was cooled in an ice bath. Triethylamine (17.5 mL) was then added such that the internal temperature did not exceed 10 °C. Upon complete addition, the cooling bath was removed and the mixture was stirred for 1.5 h. The mixture was then washed with water, IN HC1 and dried over magnesium sulfate. The mixture was concentrated and the residue was extracted with hot hexanes, filtered through a pad of silica gel and concentrated to give the title compound of Step C (1.3 g). H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 1.84 (s). Step D: Preparation of 5-f2-( 1.5-dihvdro-3-methoxy- 1 -methyl-5-oxo-4H- 1.2.4- triazol-4-yπphenoxy]-α.α-dimethyl -1 ,2.4-thiadiazole-3-acetonitrile To a solution of the title compound of Step D in Example 1 (0.5 g, 2.26 mmol) in acetone (5 mL) was added potassium carbonate (406 mg) and the title compound of Step C (426 mg). The mixture was stirred overnight at reflux before being diluted with water. The mixture was extracted three times with methylene chloride and the organic extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate. The solution was concentrated and the residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, ethyl ether) to give the title compound of Step D (100 mg), a compound of the invention, as a brown solid. >H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 7.57 (m,2H), 7.48 (m,2H), 3.83 (s,3H), 3.40 (s,3H), 1.77 (s,6H). EXAMPLE 7 Step A: Preparation of 5-(memylthio>3-(phenylmethoxy)-l .2,4-thiadiazole To a solution of 3-hydroxy-5-thiomethyl-l, 2,4-thiadiazole (J. Het. Chem., (1979), 961) (4.06 g) in DMF (50 mL) was added potassium carbonate (5.7 g) and benzyl bromide (3.56 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 days before being diluted with ethyl ether. The resulting mixture was washed twice with water and the organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate. The solution was concentrated and the residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, 5% then 10% ethyl ether in petroleum ether) to give the title compound of Step A (2.0 g). ' H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 7.5-7.4 (m,2H), 7.45-7.3 (m,3H), 5.43 (s,2H), 2.68 (s,3H). Step B: Preparation of 2.4-dihydro-5-methoxy-2-methyl-4-r2-IT3- (phenylmethoxy)- 1.2,4-thiadiazol-5-ylloxy1phenyll-3H-l .2.4-triazol-3- one To a solution the title compound of Step A (2.0 g) in acetic acid (20 mL) and acetic anhydride (20 mL) was added hydrogen peroxide (4.0 mL, 30% aqueous solution) and the solution was left to stand at ambient temperature. After 6 h, the solution was diluted with ethyl ether and the resulting mixture was washed with Na 2 SO 3 (10% aqueous solution), water and aqueous NaHCO 3 . The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated to give 1.95 g of compound which was used without purification. This material was dissolved in acetone (18 mL) and potassium carbonate (1.3 g) and the title compound of Step D in Example 1 (1.6 g) were added. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight before being diluted with ethyl acetate. The resulting mixture was washed twice with water and with saturated aqueous NaCl. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated to give the title compound of Step B (2.75 g), a compound of the invention. ! H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 7.6-7.3 (m,9H), 5.37 (s,2H), 3.79 (s,3H), 3.40 (s,3H). EXAMPLE 8 Preparation of 2.4-dihvdro-4-r2-f(3-hvdroxy- 1 ,2.4-thiadiazol-5-yl)oxy]phenyll-5- methoxy-2-methyl-3H- 1.2.4-triazo -3-one To a solution of the title compound of Step B in Example 7 (2.68 g, 6.52 mmol) in benzene (35 mL) was added aluminum chloride (1.74 g) and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. An additional 0.87 g of aluminum chloride was added and the mixture was stirred for an additional 4 h before being quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate, twice with methylene chloride and twice with 20% methanol in methylene chloride. The combined organic phases were dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated and triturated with petroleum ether to yield the title compound of Example 8 (1.78 g), a compound of the invention, as an oil. H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 7.3-7.1 (m,4H), 3.98 (s,lH), 3.89 (s,3H), 3.41 (s,3H). EXAMPLE 9 Preparation of f 5-f2-f 1.5-dihvdro-3-methoxy- 1 -methyl-5-oxo-4/ - 1 ,2.4-triazol-4- vDphenoxyl- 1.2.4-thiadiazol-3-yll trifluoromethanesulfonate To a solution of the title compound of Example 8 (0.28 g, 0.87 mmol) in methylene chloride (4 mL) was added triethylamine (0.182 mL), a catalytic amount of dimethylaminopyridine and trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (0.176 mL) and the solution was left to stand overnight. The mixture was then diluted with ethyl ether, washed with IN HC1 and aqueous NaHCO 3 . The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. Purification of the residue by column chromatography (silica gel, 60% then 80% ethyl ether in petroleum ether) gave the title compound of Example 9, a compound of the invention, contaminated with an equal amount of the title compound of Step D in Example 1. Η NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 7.6-7.4 (m,4H), 3.84 (s,3H), 3.41 (s,3H). EXAMPLE 10 Step A: Preparation of 2.2-diethoxyethanimidamide hvdrochloride To a solution of diethoxyacetonitrile (6.46 g, 50.0 mmol) in methanol (50 mL) was added sodium methoxide (2.7 g, 50 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 24 h. Ammonium chloride (5.35 g, 0.1 mol) was then added and the mixture was stirred for a further 24 h at ambient temperature before being concentrated to give the title compound of Step A contaminated with sodium chloride (13.14 g) as a white solid. *H NMR (Me 2 SO-rf 6 ) δ 9.0-8.4 (br s,4H), 5.32 (s,lH), 3.62 (q,4H), 1.19 (t,6H). Step B: Preparation of 5-chloro-3-(diethoxymethvO-l .2.4-thiadiazole To a solution of the title compound of Step A (13.14 mmol) in water (120 mL) is added methylene chloride (240 mL), benzyltriethylammonium chloride (0.5 g) and perchloromethyl mercaptan (5.46 mL) and the mixture is cooled in an ice bath. With efficient stirring, sodium hydroxide (120 mL, 1.66N aqueous solution) is then added dropwise such that the internal temperature does not exceed 10 °C. After the addition is complete, the cooling bath is removed and the reaction mixture is stirred for a further 0.5 h. The organic layer is then separated, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The yellow/brown tar is extracted with boiling hexane and the hot solution is filtered through a pad of silica gel. The silica gel is washed with 5% ethyl ether in hexanes and the solution is then concentrated to give the title compound of Step B. IH NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 5.68 (s,lH), 3.8-3.65 (q,4H), 1.28 (t,6H). Step C: Preparation of 4-r2-lT3-( ' diethoxymethvD-l .2.4-thiadiazol-5- ylloxy]phenyl1-2,4-dihvdro-5-methoxy-2-methyl-3H-1.2,4-triazol-3-one To a solution of the title compound of Step D in Example 1 (345 mg, 1.53 mmol) in acetone was added freshly ground potassium carbonate (278 mg) and the title compound of Step B (345 mg, 1.53 mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h before being diluted with water and the resulting mixture was extracted three times with methylene chloride. The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. Purification of the material by column chromatography (silica gel, 80% ethyl ether in petroleum ether then ethyl ether) gave the title compound of Step C, a compound of the invention. H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 7.6-7.4 (m,4H), 5.53 (s,lH), 3.81 (s,3H), 3.8-3.65 (m,4H), 3.40 (s,3H), 1.23 (t,6H). EXAMPLE 1 1 Step A: Preparation of l-methoxy-3-(2-nitrophenoxy)benzene 3-Methoxyphenol (11.52 g, 95.2 mmol) was added to a suspension of potassium carbonate (13.1 g, 95.2 mmol) in 100 mL of dry NN-dimethylformamide at room temperature after which the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 10 min. Then 2-fluoronitrobenzene (12.2 g, 86.5 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ice-water and the solids were filtered. The filter cake was washed with water and suction-dried to yield 15.3 g of the title compound of Step A as a solid melting at 50-52 °C. -H ΝMR (CDC1 3 ; 300 MHz) δ 3.80 (s,3H), 6.60 (m,2H), 6.75 (m,lH), 7.05 (m,lH), 7.2-7.3 (m,2H), 7.5 (m,lH), 8.0 (m,lH). Step B: Preparation of 2-f 3-methoxyphenoxy)benzenamine A solution of l-methoxy-3-(2-nitrophenoxy)benzene (15.0 g, 61.2 mmol) and 15 mL of water in 150 mL of acetic acid was heated on a steam bath to 65 °C and, at this temperature, iron powder (11.3 g, 202 mmol) was added portionwise noting the exotherm after each addition. The reaction temperature was kept between 65-85 °C by the addition rate and by a water cooling bath. After stirring for an additional 10 min at 85 °C, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with methylene chloride and filtered through Celite ® . The filtrate was washed once with water, then once with saturated sodium bicarbonate, and dried over magnesium sulfate. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure to yield 12.1 g of the title compound of Step B as an oil. *H ΝMR (CDC1 3 ; 300 MHz) δ 3.8 (s,5H total), 6.6-6.7 (m,3H), 6.7 (m,lH), 6.81 (dd,J=l.5,7.8 Hz,lH), 6.89 (d,J=7.9 Hz,lH), 7.0 (m,lH), 7.2 (m,lH). Step C: Preparation of 2.2-dimethyl-N-r2-r3- methoxyphenoxy^phenyllhvdrazinecarboxamide The title compound of Step B (11.8 g, 55.0 mmol) was dissolved in 120 mL of dry toluene and to this solution was added diphosgene (10.8 g, 55.0 mmol). The mixture was then refluxed with a water scrubber in place for 4 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, concentrated under reduced pressure to an oil which was then dissolved in dry tetrahydrofuran (100 mL). To this solution was added 1,1-dimethylhydrazine (4.0 g, 66 mmol) at room temperature and the reaction was subsequently stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure to solids which were then washed with water and suction-dried to yield 16.5 g of the title compound of Step C as a solid melting at 93-95 °C. ! H ΝMR (CDC1 3 ; 300 MHz) δ 2.40 (s,6H), 3.80 (s,3H), 5.2 (s,lH), 6.7-6.8 (m,2H), 6.85 (m,lH), 7.0 (m,2H), 7.1-7.3 (m,2H), 8.29 (d,J=7.9 Hz,lH), 8.6 (s,lH). Step D: Preparation of 5-chloro-2.4-dihvdro-4-f2-(3-rnethoxyphenoxy " )phenyl]-2- methyl-3H-l .2.4-triazol-3-one The title compound of Step C was dissolved in 600 mL of methylene chloride and cooled to 0 °C at which temperature triphosgene (15.9 g, 53.5 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 16 h, cooled to room temperature and washed once with water. The organic layer was then dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield a crude oil which was purified by silica gel chromatography using 3:2 hexanes:ethyl acetate as the eluent to yield 14.7 g of the title compound of Step D as an oil. Η NMR (CDC1 3 ; 300 MHz) δ 3.47 (s,3H), 3.77 (s,3H), 6.61 (m,2H), 6.70 (m,lH), 7.01 (dd,J=l.2,8.2 Hz,lH), 7.2-7.3 (m,2H), 7.34-7.42 (m,2H). Step E: Preparation of 5-chloro-2.4-dihvdro-4-[2-f 3-hvdroxyphenoxy)phenyl -2- methyl-3H- 1.2.4-triazol-3-one The title compound of Step D (12.6 g, 38.0 mmol) was dissolved in 300 mL of dry toluene and to this solution was added aluminum chloride (30 g, 228 mmol) at room temperature with a slight exotherm to 35 °C. The reaction mixture was subsequently refluxed for 4 h, cooled to room temperature and carefully added to crushed ice. The crude slurry was then extracted twice with diethyl ether, and the combined extracts were washed once with saturated aqueous NaCl solution and dried over magnesium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to yield an oil which was subsequently purified by silica gel chromatography using 3:2 hexanes:ethyl acetate as the eluent to yield 9.50 g of the title compound of Step E, a compound of the invention, as a solid melting at 135-138 °C. *H NMR (CDC1 3 ; 300 MHz) δ 3.46 (s,3H), 6.46 (t,J=2.2 Hz,lH), 6.50-6.59 (m,3H total), 6.99 (dd,J=1.3,8.3 Hz,lH), 7.11 (t,J=8.1 Hz,lH), 7.20 (dd,J=l.2,7.6 Hz,lH), 7.32-7.40 (m,2H). EXAMPLE 12 Preparation of 2.4-dihvdro-4-r2-f3-hvdroxyphenoxy1phenyl -5-methoxy-2-methyl-3H- 1.2.4-triazol-3-one The title compound of Step E in Example 11 (8.7 g, 27.4 mmol) was dissolved in 300 mL of methanol and to this solution was added sodium methoxide (7.4 g, 137 mmol) at room temperature with a slight exotherm noted. The reaction mixture was then refluxed for 16 h, cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure to semi-solids. The semi-solids were diluted with IN HC1 and extracted twice with diethyl ether, washed with saturated aqueous NaCl solution, and dried over magnesium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to yield crude solids which were subsequently purified by silica gel chromatography using 1 : 1 hexanes:ethyl acetate as the eluent to yield 5.80 g of the title compound of Example 12, a compound of the invention, as a solid melting at 153-155 °C. Η NMR (CDC1 3 ; 300 MHz) δ 3.37 (s,3H), 3.87 (s,3H), 6.4-6.5 (m,2H), 6.55 (m, lH), 6.9 (br s,lH), 7.0 (m,lH), 7.1-7.2 (m,2H), 7.3-7.4 (m,2H). EXAMPLE 13 Preparation of 4-r2-r3-f(2-chlorophenvπmethoxylphenoxylphenvn-5-methoxy-2- methyl-3//-1.2.4-triazol-3-one The title compound of Example 12 (0.30 g, 0.95 mmol), 2-chlorobenzyl bromide (0.21 g, 1 mmol), and potassium carbonate (0.14 g, 1 mmol) were combined at room temperature in 10 mL of dry acetonitrile and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to solids which were triturated with hexanes and suction-dried to yield 0.32 g of the title compound of Example 13, a compound of the invention, as a solid melting at 112-114 °C. H NMR (CDC1 3 ; 300 MHz) δ 3.38 (s,3H), 3.85 (s,3H), 5.13 (s,2H), 6.6-6.8 (m,3H), 7.0 (m,lH), 7.2-7.4 (m,7H), 7.5 (m,lH). EXAMPLE 14 Step A: Preparation of 1 -(4-chlorophenyl cvclopropanecarboximidamide hvdrochloride Ammonium chloride (3.01 g, 56.3 mmol) was added in small portions to a solution of trimethylaluminum (56.3 mmol) in toluene (70 mL) at 0 °C. After the addition was complete, the mixture was warmed to room temperature, stirred for 1.5 h and then a solution of 1 -(4-chlorophenyl)- 1 -cyclopropanecarbonitrile ( 10.0 g, 56.3 mmol) in toluene (30 mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was heated to 80 °C for 15 h, cooled to room temperature and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was then poured into a slurry of silica gel (250 g) and dichloromethane (300 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred for 10 min and filtered, and the silica gel was washed with methanol (300 mL). The combined filtrates were concentrated to provide 11.1 g of the title compound of Step A as a white solid. >H NMR (Me 2 SO-d 6 ) δ 9.08 (m,2H), 7.40 (m,5H), 1.77 (m,lH), 1.52 (m,2H), 1.27 (m,lH). Step B: Preparation of 5-chloro-3-π -(4-chlorophenvOcvclopropyl]- 1.2,4- thiadiazole The title compound of Step A (11.1 g, 48.1 mmol) was dissolved in water (100 mL) and combined with a solution of perchloromethyl mercaptan (8.94 g, 48.1 mmol) and benzyltriethylammomum chloride (0.55 g, 2.4 mmol) in dichloromethane (200 mL). The resulting biphasic mixture was stirred vigorously, cooled to 0 °C and treated with a solution of sodium hydroxide (7.70 g, 193 mmol) in water (100 mL) by dropwise addition maintaining a reaction temperature below 12 °C. The mixture was then warmed to room temperature and stirring was continued for 1 h. The layers were separated and the organic phase was washed with water, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residual oil was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel and eluted with 2% ethyl acetate/hexane to afford 3.68 g of the title compound of Step B as a pale yellow solid. 'H NMR (Me 2 SO-Y 6 ) δ 7.41 (m,4H), 1.62 (m,2H), 1.42 (m,2H). Step C: Preparation of N-(2-methoxy-6-methylphenvD-2,2- dimethylhvdrazinecarboxamide To a stirred solution of phosgene (108 g, 1.09 moles) in ethyl acetate (750 mL) at 0 °C was added dropwise 2-methoxy-6-methylaniline (125.0 g, 911 mmol) dissolved in ethyl acetate (250 mL) over 20 min. The reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature and was then heated at reflux for 1 h. The solution was cooled to room temperature and was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide the crude isocyanate as a dark red liquid which was redissolved in ethyl acetate (1 L) and cooled to 0 °C. 1,1-Dimethylhydrazine (55.0 g, 911 mmol) was added dropwise over 30 min and then the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stir overnight. The mixture was cooled, filtered, and the solid was washed with ethyl acetate and dried to provide 200.0 g of the title compound of Step C as a white solid melting at 151 - 153 °C. ! H ΝMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 7.58 (br s,lH), 7.10 (t,lH), 6.84 (d,lH), 6.74 (d,lH), 5.22 (br s,lH), 3.80 (s,3H), 2.63 (s,6H), 2.31 (s,3H). Step D: Preparation of 5-chloro-2.4-dihvdro-4-( ' 2-methoxy-6-methylphenylV2- methyl-3H- 1.2,4-triazol-3-one The title compound of Step C (100.0 g, 447.9 mmol) was suspended in ethyl acetate (1 L) and added dropwise, via mechanical pump, over 3.5 h to a stirring solution of phosgene (177 g, 1.79 moles) in ethyl acetate (1.5 L) which was heated at reflux. After the addition was complete, the mixture was heated at reflux for a further 3 h, cooled to room temperature and stirred overnight. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and water and extracted four times with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous ΝaCl, dried (MgSO ), filtered and concentrated to afford 111.4 g of the title compound of Step D as a pale yellow solid melting at 132-134 °C. ! H ΝMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 7.34 (t,lH), 6.93 (d,lH), 6.85 (d,lH), 3.79 (s,3H), 3.54 (s,3H), 2.20 (s,3H). Step E: Preparation of 5-chloro-2.4-dihvdro-4-(2-hvdroxy-6-metaylphenvD-2- methyl-3//-l .2.4-triazol-3-one To a stirring solution of the title compound of Step D (15.0 g, 59.3 mmol) in benzene (200 mL) at 0 °C was added aluminum chloride (23.7 g, 178 mmol) in small portions. The mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 days. The mixture was poured over ice and water and then extracted four times with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous ΝaCl, dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and concentrated to an oil that was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel to provide 13.6 g of the title compound of Step E as a pale orange solid melting at 175-178 °C. >H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 8.1 1 (s,lH), 6.92 (t,lH), 6.71 (d,lH), 6.41 (d,lH), 3.56 (s,3H), 2.12 (s,3H). Step F: Preparation of 2.4-dihvdro-4-(2-hvdroxy-6-methylphenvD-5-methoxy-2- methyl-3H- 1.2.4-triazol-3-one To a stirred solution of the title compound of Step E ( 133.5 g, 557.0 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (1.5 L) was added dropwise sodium methoxide (25% by weight in methanol, 382 mL, 1.67 moles). The mixture was heated at reflux for 3 h, cooled to room temperature and then diluted with aqueous ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was acidified (pH 4-5) with IN HC1 and extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO ), filtered and concentrated to a dark brown solid which was triturated with ethyl acetate to afford 75.0 g of the title compound of Step F as a white solid melting at 194-196 °C. »H NMR (Me 2 SO-d 6 ) δ 9.91 (s,lH), 7.17 (t,lH), 6.78 (m,2H), 3.84 (s,3H), 3.30 (s,3H), 2.03 (s,3H). Step G: Preparation of 4-l ~ 2-|T 3-1 " 1 -(4-chlorophenvPcvclopropyll- 1.2.4-thiadiazol- 5-vnoxyl-6-methylphenyll-2.4-dihvdro-5-methoxy-2-methyl-3H-1.2.4- triazol-3-one Potassium carbonate (1.41 g, 10.2 mmol) was added to a solution of the title compound of Step B (2.30 g, 8.50 mmol) and the title compound of Step F (2.00 g, 8.50 mmol) in NN-dimethylformamide (100 mL). The mixture was stirred for 16 h at room temperature and was then diluted with water and extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated aqueous ΝaCl, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residual oil was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel and eluted with 40% ethyl acetate/hexane to provide 2.99 g of the title compound of Step G, a compound of the invention, as a pale yellow solid melting at 119-121 °C. l H ΝMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 7.34 (m,7H), 3.82 (s,3H), 3.42 (s,3H), 2.28 (s,3H), 1.65 (m,2H), 1.31 (m,2H). EXAMPLE 15 Step A: dimethylhvdrazinecarboxamide A solution of o-tolyl isocyanate (50.4 g) and 75.2 g of N-bromosuccinimide in 800 mL of carbon tetrachloride was heated to reflux. Benzoyl peroxide (1.1 g) was added and the mixture was heated to reflux for 1.5 hours. The solution was cooled to room temperature and the precipitate was removed by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and redissolved in 500 mL of toluene and cooled to 5 °C. 1,1 -Dimethyl hydrazine (30 mL) in 20 mL of toluene was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration and redissolved in 1 L of dichloromethane. The organic solution was washed with 500 mL of water and then with 500 mL of saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution. The organic phase was dried (MgSO ), filtered and concentrated to give 58 g (56% yield) of the title compound of Step A as a beige solid. •NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 8.6 (br s,lH), 8.00 (d,lH), 7.30 (m,2H), 7.04 (t,lH), 5.70 (br s,lH), 4.52 (s,2H), 2.67 (s,6H). The material was used in the next step without further characterization. Step B: Preparation of 5-chloro-4-r2-(chloromethyl phenyl1-2,4-dihydro-2- methyl-3//- 1.2.4-triazol-3-one The title compound of Step A (58 g) was dissolved in 800 mL of dichloromethane and 86 g of triphosgene was added in one portion. A slight exotherm was observed, and then the mixture was heated to reflux overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The resulting solid was dissolved in 1 L of ethyl acetate and washed with 500 mL of water, 500 mL of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, and then 500 mL of saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution. The organic phase was dried (MgSO ), filtered and concentrated to give a dark oil which solidified on standing. The solid was triturated in 2:1 hexane:«-butyl chloride to yield 32 g of a beige solid. Recrystallization of this solid from 150 mL of hot methanol yielded 21 g of the title compound of Step B as a white, fluffy solid melting at 122-124 °C. A second crop was obtained from recrystallization of the mother liquors. ! NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 7.45-7.6 (m,3H), 7.25 (m,lH), 4.68 (d,lH), 4.46 (d,lH), 3.56 (s,3H). Approximately 10% of 4-[2-(bromomethyl)phenyl]-5-chloro-2,4-dihydro-2-methyl-3H- l,2,4-triazol-3-one was observed in the *NMR spectrum. Step C: Preparation of l-(3-hvdroxyphenvDethanone oxime To a solution of 6.8g of 3'-hydroxyacetophenone in 50 mL of pyridine under a nitrogen atmosphere was added 3.5 g of hydroxylamine hydrochloride. The solution was refluxed for 5 h, and then the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was taken up in IN aqueous HC1 and extracted twice with 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to provide 7.8 g of the title compound of Step C asa pale amber oil. >H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 7.25 (d,lH), 7.23 (s,lH), 7.2 (m,2H), 7.10 (d plus fine coupling.lH), 6.84 (ddd,lH), 2.24 (s,3H). Step D: Preparation of 5-chloro-2.4-dihvdro-4-r2-rriT 1 -( 3- hvdroxyphenvπethylidenelaminoloxylmethyllphenyll-Σ-methyl-SH- 1.2.4-triazol-3-one To a solution of the title compound of Step C (3.9 g, 25.8 mmol) and the title compound of Step B (6.6 g, 25.8 mmol) in acetonitrile (100 mL) was added K 2 CO 3 (7 g, 51 mmol). The mixture was heated to reflux for 4 h and then stirred at room temperature overnight. After additional heating (7 h) and standing at room temperature (72 h), the mixture was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x50 mL). The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford an oil. Chromatography of this oil on silica gel (3:2 hexanes:ethyl acetate as eluent) afforded 5.47 g of the title compound of Step D, a compound of die invention, as an oil. 'H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 8.09 (br s,lH), 7.62 (d,lH), 7.51 (m,2H), 7.22 (m,4H), 6.9 (d,lH), 5.08 (q,2H), 3.44 (s,3H), 2.25 (m,4H). This material was used in Example 16 without further characterization. EXAMPLE 16 Preparation of 2.4-dihvdro-4-r2-rrrπ-(3- hvdroxyphenvnethylidenelaminoloxy]methyllphenvn-5-methoxy-2-methyl-3H-1.2.4- triazol-3-one To a solution of the title compound of Step D in Example 15 (5.4 g, 14.5 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (350 mL) was added sodium methoxide as a 30% solution in methanol (6.8 mL, 36 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was diluted with IN ΗC1 in diethyl ether (20 mL) and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford an semisolid. The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and the insoluble portion removed by filtration. The organic phase was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 4.36 g of the title compound of Example 16, a compound of the invention, as an oil. l H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 7.6 (dd,lΗ), 7.45 (m,2H), 7.25 (m,3H), 7.19 (m,2H), 6.85 (dd,lH), 5.08 (AB q,2H), 3.92 (s,2H), 3.39 (s,3H), 2.24 (s,3H). This material was used in Example 17 without further characterization. EXAMPLE 17 Preparation of 1.1 -dimethylethyl f3-T 1 -\U2-( 1.5-dihvdro-3-methoxy- 1 -methyl-5-oxo- 4H- 1.2.4- * triazol-4-vDphenyl]methoxy1imino]ethyllphenoxylacetate To a solution of the title compound of Example 16 (260 mg, 0.7 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) was added sodium hydride as a 60% oil dispersion (35 mg) followed by /-butyl bromoacetate (0.10 mL, 0.7 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h and then was diluted with water and extracted with three 20 mL portions of ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 290 mg of the title compound of Example 17, a compound of the invention, as an oil. *H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 7.6 (m,lH), 7.45 (m,2H), 7.23 (m,4H), 6.87 (m,lH) 5.09 (AB q,2H), 4.63 (s,2H), 3.91 (s,3H), 3.39 (s,3H), 2.28 (s,3H), 1.48 (s,9H). EXAMPLE 18 Step A: Preparation of methyl (2-bromomethyl benzeneacetate Methyl σ-tolylacetate (24 g), N-bromosuccinimide (27.2 g) and benzoyl peroxide (about 50 mg) were mixed in 200 mL of carbon tetrachloride and heated to reflux with a high-intensity light source for 1.5 h. After cooling, the precipitate was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to yield 36 g (about 100% yield) of the title compound of Step A as an amber oil. H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 7.34 (m,lH), 7.26 (m,2H), 7.16 (m,lH), 4.57 (s,2H), 3.80 (s,2H), 3.69 (s,3H). Step B: Preparation of methyl 2-1 " Kbenzoylaminoloxylmethyllbenzeneacetate Benzohydroxamic acid (17 g) and potassium carbonate (18.7 g) were suspended in 200 mL of acetonitrile and the mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 30 min. A solution of 28 g of the title compound of Step A in 100 mL of acetonitrile was added dropwise over 0.5 h. The mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 3 h and then cooled to room temperature overnight. Heating was resumed for an additional 4 h. The mixture was cooled and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was taken up in 200 mL of emyl acetate and washed with 100 mL of 6% aqueous potassium carbonate solution. The aqueous wash was extracted with 100 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were washed with 100 mL of water. The organic phase was dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to yield 31.5 g (93% yield) of the title compound of Step B as an orange oil. Η NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 9.09 (br s,lH), 7.60 (m,2H), 7.47 (m,lH), 7.37 (m,3H), 7.29 (m,3H), 5.14 (s,2H), 3.88 (s,2H), 3.71 (s,3H). Step C: Preparation of methyl 2-f(aminooxy methyl]benzeneacetate hvdrochloride To a solution of HC1 in methanol (prepared by adding 20 mL of acetyl chloride slowly to 200 mL of methanol) was added the title compound of Step B (31.5 g). The mixture was heated to 60 °C for 1.5 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was taken up in 100 mL of diethyl ether and stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The ether was decanted off and the solid was taken up in 100 mL of tetrahydrofuran and heated to about 50 °C. The mixture was then cooled in an ice water bath and the solid was collected by filtration to provide 11.5 g (47% yield) of the title compound of Step C as a white solid melting at 169- 170°C. Step D: Preparation of methyl 2-rriTl-(4- hvdroxyphenyl)ethylidene]amino1oxy1methvnbenzeneacetate 4'-Hydroxyacetophenone (81.7 mg) and the title compound of Step C (1.39 g) were dissolved in 40 mL of pyridine. The solution was heated to 90 °C overnight and then cooled to room temperature. The pyridine was removed in vacuo and the residue was taken up in 40 mL of IN HC1 solution and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL) The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to yield 1.96 g of the title compound of Step D as an amber oil. ] H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 7.51 (d,2H), 7.45 (m,lH), 7.28 (m,3H), 6.78 (d,2H), 5.25 (s,2H), 3.82 (s,2H), 3.68 (s,3H), 2.19 (s,3H). Approximately 20% of the Z-isomer was also observed. This material was used in subsequent steps without further purification. Step E: Preparation of dimethyl r2-riTr 4- hvdroxyphenyl)ethylidene]aminoloxylmethvnphenvnpropanedioate The title compound of Step D (1.87 g , 6 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL of dimethyl carbonate. A slurry of 480 mg of sodium hydride (60% oil dispersion) in 10 mL of tetrahydrofuran was added and the mixture was heated to reflux for 1 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature overnight, quenched with 15 mL of IN HCl solution and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 25 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to yield 2.33 g of crude product, the title compound of Step E, as an amber oil. ! H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 7.5 (m,3H), 7.4 (m,3H), 6.79 (d, 2H), 5.25 (s,2H), 5.10 (s,lH), 3.68 (s,6H), 2.18 (s,3H). This material was used in subsequent steps without further purification. Steo F: Preparation of 4-r2-nTlT-f4- hydroχyphenyl)ethylidene]amino1oxy]methvnphenyll-5-methoχy-2- methyl-3(2H)-isoxazolone N-methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.5 g) was dissolved in 25 mL of methanol. A solution of 2.0 g of potassium hydroxide dissolved in 25 mL of methanol was added with ice bath cooling. After 15 min, the precipitated potassium chloride was removed by filtration. To the filtrate was added a solution of 2.2 g of the title compound of Step E in 10 mL of methanol. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was diluted with water, acidified with HCl and extracted with methylene chloride (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to yield 1.95 g of amber oil which was dissolved in 30 mL of toluene and 3 mL of methanol. A 10% solution of trimethylsilyldiazomethane in hexane (3 mL) was added dropwise and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The solvents were removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (1 : 1 hexane:ethyl acetate as eluant). The third-eluting component was collected to yield 200 mg of the title compound of Step F, a compound of the invention, as an amber oil. *H ΝMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 7.52 (d,lH), 7.42 (m,2H), 7.32 (m,3H), 6.72 (m,3H), 5.24 (AB q,2H), 3.94 (s,3H), 3.44 (s,3H), 2.16 (s,3H). A minor amount of the Z-isomer was also observed. EXAMPLE 19 Preparation of f3 -\2-( 1.5-dihvdro-3-memoxy- 1 -methyl-5-oxo-4H- 1.2.4-triazol-4- vDphenoxylphenvn trifluoromethanesulfonate To a solution of the title compound of Example 12 (313 mg, 1 mmol) in dichloromethane ( 10 mL) was added trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (0.17 mL, 1 mmol) and pyridine (0.08 mL, 1 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, diluted with water, acidified with IN HCl and extracted wim three 20 mL portions of dichloromethane. The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford an oil which was purified by flash chromatography (1 : 1 hexane:ethyl acetate as eluant). The first-eluting component was collected to yield 100 mg of the title compound of Example 19, a compound of the invention, as an amber oil. Η NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 7.42 (m,3H), 7.3 (m.lH), 7.04 (m,3H), 6.96 (t,lH), 3.83 (s,3H), 3.38 (s,3H). EXAMPLE 20 Step A: Preparation of 2-(3-bromophenvO-2-methyl- 1.3-dioxolane The compound l-(4-bromophenyl)ethanone (60.6 g, 0.3 mole), ethylene glycol (83.7 mL, 1.5 mole), and -toluenesulfonic acid (0.15 g) were dissolved in benzene (250 mL) and heated to reflux overnight using a Dean-Stark apparatus. Water and some ethylene glycol had separated and the cooled (room temperature) mixture was poured into water (300 mL) and the resulting mixture was extracted with 1-chlorobutane (2x100 mL). The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated to give the crude product as a yellow oil. The oil was purified by vacuum distillation (64-74 °C/ 19 Pa (0.14 mm Hg)) to give 70.1 g of the title compound of Step A as a colorless oil (96% yield). Step B: Preparation of l-f3-ftris(trifluoromemv0germyl1phenyl " [ethanone A 250 mL 4-neck flask was charged with a suspension of magnesium pieces (0.61 g, 0.025 mole) in 5 mL of THF. A solution of the title compound of Step A dissolved in 35 mL of THF was added dropwise; a few crystals of iodine were added to the mixture after a small portion of the solution had been added. Heating to reflux was required to initiate the reaction; the reaction was then refluxed for 2 hours following completion of the addition of the title compound of Step A. After cooling the mixture to 63 °C, a solution of tris(trifluoromethyl)germanium iodide (3.9 mL, 0.02 mole) dissolved in THF (20 mL) was added in small aliquots, allowing the exotherm from each addition to keep the temperature between 62-69 °C. The mixture was refluxed an additional 3 hours, and then was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was poured into a saturated ammonium chloride solution (100 mL). Following removal of the organic layer and extraction with diethyl ether, the combined organic phases were dried (MgSO ) and concentrated to give 8.9 g of dark colored oil. This oil was then dissolved in acetone (400 mL) to which was added IN HCl (3 mL). The resulting solution was refluxed overnight. The mixture was concentrated, followed by a second addition of acetone (300 mL) and IN HCl (2 mL), and then was refluxed for 6 hours. The mixture was concentrated, and the residue was then dissolved in diethyl ether and washed with saturated NaHCO 3 . The organic layer was then dried (MgSO ) and concentrated. The resulting dark brown oil was purified by filtering through a 1.5 inch column of silica gel, eluting with 15% ethyl acetate/hexanes to give 2.95 g (37% for both steps) of the title compound of Step B as a colorless oil. • H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 8.284 (s,lH), 7.9-8.0 (m,2H), 7.2 (t,lH), 2.586 (s,3H). Step C: Preparation of l^-rtrisftrifluoromethvDgermyllphenyllethanone oxime Sodium acetate trihydrate ( 1.22 g, 9 mmol) was added to a solution of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.62 g, 9 mmol) in water (7 mL), and diis solution was added to a solution of the title compound of Step B (2.95 g, 7.4 mmol) in methanol (20 mL). The mixture was then refluxed overnight and concentrated in vacuo. The mixture was treated with water and then extracted with methylene chloride (3 x 120 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated to yield 2.74 g of a brown oil. The oil was chromatographed eluting with 15% ethyl acetate/hexanes to yield 1.72 g (56% yield) of the title compound of Step C as a colorless oil. This oil crystallized on standing to give a solid melting at 69-72 °C. Step D: Preparation of 2,4-dihvdro-5-methoxy-2-methyl-4-f2-rrrπ -[3- ftrisftrifluoromethvπgermyllphenvπethylidenelaminoloxylmethyljphenv π-3H-1.2.4-triazol-3-one In a 125 L 4-neck flask, sodium hydride (0.18 g, 4.5 mmol, 60% mineral oil dispersion) was suspended in 8 mL of dry THF. The title compound of Step C (2.0 g, 6.9 mmol) was dissolved in dry THF (5 mL) and added dropwise causing gas evolution. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 min, and then a solution of the title compound of Step B in Example 15 (0.39 g, 1.5 mmol) dissolved in dry THF (5 mL) was added dropwise. Thickening required that additional dry THF (3 mL) be added. The mixture was heated to reflux overnight, and then cooled to room temperature. Additional sodium hydride (0.18 g, 4.5 mmol) was added and reflux was reinstated for 6 hours. The mixture was cooled, and then stirred at room temperature overnight. Sodium hydride (0.06 g, 1.5 mmol) was again added followed by dry methanol (0.5 mL, 1.5 mmol) which was added cautiously dropwise causing gas evolution. The mixture was refluxed for 3 hours and then allowed to cool to room temperature. A few drops of 2-propanol were added, then the mixture was concentrated until only a small amount of liquid remained. Hexanes (100 mL) were added, and then the mixture was filtered through a 1 inch column of silica gel eluting with a 1 :1 mixture of methylene chloride/ethyl acetate (500 mL) to give 0.72 g of a yellow oil after concentration. This crude oil was purified by medium pressure liquid chromatography (MPLC) using 20% ethyl acetate hexanes to yield the title compound of Step D, a compound of the invention as an oil (0.27 g, 28%). H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 7.941 (s,lH), 7.7 (d,lH), 7.55 (m,2H), 7.4-7.5 (m,2H), 7.4-7.5 (m,2H), 7.1 (t,2H), 5.2-5.4 (q,2H), 3.889 (s,3H), 3.413 (s,3H), 2.152 (s,3H). EXAMPLE 21 Step A: Preparation of l-r3-rdimethyl(3,3,3- trifluoropropyDsilyllphenvπethanone A 125 mL 4-neck flask was charged wi a suspension of magnesium pieces (1.09 g, 0.041 mole) in 8 mL of THF. A solution of the title compound of Step A in Example 20 dissolved in THF (20 mL) was added dropwise; a few crystals of iodine were added to the mixture after a small portion of the solution had been added. Heating to reflux was required to initiate the reaction; the reaction was then refluxed for 3 hours following completion of the addition of the title compound of Step A. After cooling the mixture to 48, a solution of 3,3,3 -trifluoropropyldimethylchlorosilane (7.82 g, 0.041 mole) dissolved in THF (8 mL) was added in small aliquots, allowing the exotherm from each addition to keep the temperature between 48-64 °C. The mixture was refluxed an additional 5 hours, then cooled and poured into a saturated ammonium chloride solution (200 mL). Following removal of the organic layer and extraction with diethyl ether, the combined organic phases were dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated to give 12.27 g of yellow oil. This oil was then dissolved in acetone (500 mL) to which was added IN HCl (6 mL). The resulting solution was refluxed overnight. Concentration, followed by partitioning between water and diethyl ether, and then drying (MgSO 4 ) of the organic phase yielded 10.79 g (94% overall for both steps) the title compound of Step A as a yellow oil. -H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 8.078 (s,lH), 7.9 (d,lH), 7.7 (d,lH), 7.484 (t,lH), 2.625 (s,3H), 1.9-2.1 (m,2H), 1.0 (m,2H), 0.359 (s,6H). Step B: Preparation of l-r3-rdimethyl(3.3.3- trifluoropropyOsilyllphenyl ' [ethanone oxime Sodium acetate trihydrate (7.76 g, 0.057 mole) was added to a solution of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (3.96 g, 0.057 mole) in water (59 mL), and this solution was added to a solution of the title compound of Step A (10.7 g, 0.039 mole) in methanol (78 mL). The mixture was then refluxed overnight and concentrated in vacuo. The mixture was treated with water and then extracted with methylene chloride (3 x 120 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO) and concentrated to yield 11.34 g of a yellow oil. The oil was chromatographed eluting with 10% ethyl acetate/hexanes to yield 9.41 g (83% yield) of the title compound of Step B as a colorless oil. H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 9.0 (s,lH), 7.748 (s,lH), 7.6 (d,lH), 7.5 (d,lH), 7.4 (t,lH), 2.310 (s,3H), 2.0 (m,2H), 1.0 (m,2H), 0.338 (s,5H). Step C: Preparation of 4-r2-rrrπ-r3-rdimethyl-(3.3.3- trifluoropropynsilvnphenyllethylidenelamino]oxy]methyllphenvn-2.4- dihvdro-5-methoxy-2-methyl-3H- 1 ,2.4-triazol-3-one In a 250 mL 4-neck flask, sodium hydride (0.84 g, 0.021 mole, 60% mineral oil dispersion) was suspended in 50 mL of dry THF. The title compound of Step B (2.0 g, 6.9 mmol) was dissolved in dry THF (15 mL) and added dropwise causing gas evolution. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for one hour, and then a solution of the title compound of Step B in Example 15 (1.78 g, 6.9 mmol) dissolved in dry THF (15 mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was heated to 35 °C overnight, and then memanol (2.2 mL, 55 mmol) was added cautiously dropwise causing gas evolution. The mixture was refluxed overnight. A few drops of 2-propanol were added, and then the mixture was concentrated until only a small amount of liquid remained. Hexanes (100 mL) were added then the mixture was filtered through a 1 inch column of silica gel eluting with a 1 :1 mixture of methylene chloride/ethyl acetate (1500 mL) to give 3.35 g of an orange oil. This crude oil was purified by MPLC using 1.2% methanol/methylene chloride to yield the title compound of Step C (1.31 g, 37%), a compound of the invention, as an oil. l U NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 7.7 (s,lH), 7.6 (m,2H), 7.4-7.5 (m,3H), 7.4 (t,lH), 7.2 (d,2H), 5.2-5.3 (q,2H), 3.882 (s,3H), 3.401 (s,3H), 2.201 (s,3H), 2.0 (m,2H), 1.0 (m,2H), 0.32 (s,5.5H). By the procedures described herein together with methods known in the art, the following compounds of Tables 1 to 7 can be prepared. The following abbreviations are used in the Tables which follow: = tertiary, n = normal, = iso, c - cyclo, Me = methyl, Et = ethyl, Pr = propyl, /-Pr = isopropyl, Bu - butyl, Hex = hexyl, Ph = phenyl, OMe = methoxy, OEt = ethoxy, SMe = methylthio, CN = cyano, SCN = thiocyanato, NO 2 = nitro, TMS = trimethylsilyl, Bzl = benzyl, ada = 1 -adamantyl, TMG = trimethylgermyl, and THP = 2-tetrahydropyranyl. Table 1 R 3 = H. and ?. R?. 3-CH 2 OCH 3 3-OCH 2 OCH 2 TMS 4-SCH 2 CH=CH 2 3-S(0)CF 2 CF 3 3-C=C-OCH 3 4-SCN 3-C-EC-TMS 3-( l-Ph-2,2-Di-Cl-c-Pr) 3-CsC-I 3-Ge(Me) 2 CF 3 3-OSi(Me) 2 Ph 3-(2-Me-4-Ph-c-Hex) 3-ada 3-Si( e) 2 CF 3 2-OH 3-CsC-OTHP 3-CH 2 S-n-Fτ 3-Ge(CF 3 ) 3 2-N(Me)Bzl 3-OCH 2 CF=CF 2 3-SCaCEt 3-SCH 2 C=C-I 3-SCH 2 OMe 3-SCH 2 SEt -0Ge(Me) 2 Ph 3-(C(=0)(3- e-Bzl)) 4-C(=S)Me .(( -F-Bzl)-OC(=0)) -C(=S)OEt 4-C(=S)SCHF 2 2-C(=0)N(Me) 2 2-C(=S)N(Et) 2 -CH 2 CN 3-OC(=0)Me 3-0C(=S)Me 4-SC(=0)Me -NHC(=0)Me 4-NHC(=S)Ph 4-OC(=0)0-c-Hex 4-OC(=0)S-«-Pr -SC(=0)OCH 2 CF 3 2-SC(=0)SMe 4-S(0) 2 OCH 2 CF 3 4-S(0) 2 N(Me) 2 -(NHS0 2 (4-Me-Ph)) 4-(OCH 2 (4-TMS-Ph)) 2-CH 2 OCH 2 (2,4-Dι-F-Ph) 4-((4-TMS-Ph)-C≡C) -(S-(4-TMG-Ph)) 4-S(0) Ph 3-(SCH 2 (3-Me-Ph)) 3-(4-ρyπdιnyl-CH 2 ) -(4-pyπdιnyl-C * sC) 3-(2-pyπdmyl-S) 4-(2-thιenyl-CH 2 ) 4-(2-thιenyl-S) -(2-furanyl-0) 4-(3-furanyl-S) 2-(4-pyrιmιdιnvl-CH2) 2-(2-pyπmιdιπyl-S) -OC≡CCH 3 4-OCH 2 CH 2 OMe 3-OCH 2 SMe 3-S(0)2CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 -S(0) 2 CF 3 2-NH 2 4-C(=S)OEt 2-C(=NH)O e 2-0C(O)N(Me)Ph 3-OS(0) 2 CH 3 3-((4-CN-Ph)-OCH ) -(2-furanyl-CH 2 ) 3-(2-thιazoyl-CH 2 ) 3-((3-CF3-4-pyπdιnyl-OCH 2 ) r) -(4-pyπdιnyl-C≡C) 3-(2-pyπdιnyl-S) 4-(2-thιenyl-CH 2 ) 4-(2-thιenyl-S) -(2-furanyl-0) 4-(3-furanyl-S) 2-(4-pyπmιdιnyl-CH ) 2-(2-pyπmidιnyl-S) -OC≡CCH 3 4-OCH 2 CH 2 OMe 3-OCH 2 SMe 3-S(0) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 -S(0) 2 CF 3 2-NH 2 4-C(=S)OEt 2-C(=NH)OMe -SC(=S)-/-Pr 2-OC(=0)N(Me)Ph 3-OS(0) 2 CH 3 3-((4-CN-Ph)-OCH 7 ) -(2-furanyl-CH 2 ) 3-(2-thιazoyl-CH 2 ) 3-((3-CF 3 -4-pyπdιnvl-OCH 2 ) r) Table 2 D = CH. R 3 = 7-Cl. R 4 - H. and El El El 3-CH 2 OCH 3 3-OCH 2 OCH 2 TMS 4-SCH 2 CH=CH 2 3-S(0)CF 2 CF 3 3-C≡C-OCH 3 4-SCN 3-C≡C-TMS 3-( l-Ph-2,2-Dι-CI-c-Pr) 3-C≡C-I 3-Ge(Me) CF 3 3-OSι(Me) 2 Ph 3-(2-Me-4-Ph-c-Hex) 3-ada 3-Si(Me) 2 CF 3 2-OH 3-C≡C-OTHP -CH 2 S-«-Pr 3-Ge(CF 3 ) 3 2-N(Me)Bzl 3-OCH 2 CF=CF 2 -SC≡CEt 3-SCH 2 C≡C-I 3-SCH 2 OMe 3-SCH 2 SEt -OGe(Me) 2 Ph 3-(C(=0)(3-Me-Bzl)) 4-C(=S)Me 4-((4-F-Bzl)-OC(=0)) -C(=S)OEt 4-C(=S)SCHF 2-C(=0)N(Me) 2 2-C(=S)N(Et) 2 -CH CN 3-OC(=0)Me 3-OC(=S)Me 4-SC(=0)Me -NHC(=0)Me 4-NHC(=S)Ph 4-OC(=0)0-c-Hex 4-OC(=0)S-«-Pr -SC(=0)OCH 2 CF 3 2-SC(=0)SMe 4-S(0) 2 OCH 2 CF 3 4-S(0) 2 N(Me) 2 -(NHS0 2 (4-Me-Ph)) 4-(OCH 2 (4-TMS-Ph)) 2-CH 2 OCH 2 (2,4-Di-F-Ph) 4-((4-TMS-Ph)-C≡C) -(S-(4-TMG-Ph)) 4-S(0) 2 Ph 3-(SCH 2 (3-Me-Ph)) 3-(4-pyridinyl-CH ) -(4-pyridinyl-C≡C) 3-(2-pyridinyl-S) 4-(2-thienyl-CH 2 ) 4-(2-thienyl-S) -(2-furanyl-0) 4-(3-furanyl-S) 2-(4-pyrimidinyl-CH 2 ) 2-(2-pyrimidinyl-S) -OC≡CCH 3 4-OCH 2 CH 2 OMe 3-OCH 2 SMe 3-S(0) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 -S(0) 2 CF 3 2-NH 2 4-C(=S)OEt 2-C(=NH)OMe -SC(=S)-ι-Pr 2-OC(=0)N(Me)Ph 3-0S(O) 2 CH 3 3-((4-CN-Ph)-OCH 7 ) -(2-furanyl-CH 2 ) 3-(2-thiazoyl-CH 2 ) 3-((3-CF 3 -4-pyridinyl-OCH 2 ) D = N. R 3 = 6-1. R 4 = H. and El El El -CH 2 OCH 3 3-OCH 2 OCH 2 TMS 4-SCH 2 CH=CH 2 3-S(0)CF 2 CF 3 -C≡C-OCH 3 4-SCN 3-C≡C-TMS 3-( l-Ph-2,2-Di-Cl-c-Pr) -CHC-I 3-Ge(Me) 2 CF 3 3-0Si(Me) Ph 3-(2-Me-4-Ph-c-Hex) -ada 3-Si( e) 2 CF 3 2-OH 3-C≡C-OTHP -CH 2 S-«-Pr 3-Ge(CF 3 ) 3 2-N(Me)Bzl 3-OCH 2 CF=CF 2 -SCsCEt 3-SCH 2 C≡C-I 3-SCH 2 OMe 3-SCH 2 SEt -OGe(Me) 2 Ph 3-(C(=0)(3-Me-Bzl)) 4-C(=S)Me 4-((4-F-Bzl)-OC(=0)) -C(=S)OEt 4-C(=S)SCHF 2 2-C(=0)N(Me) 2 2-C(=S)N(Et) 2 -CH 2 CN 3-OC(=0)Me 3-OC(=S)Me 4-SC(=0)Me -NHC(=0)Me 4-NHC(=S)Ph 4-OC(=0)0-c-Hex 4-OC(=0)S-«-Pr -SC(=0)OCH 2 CF 3 2-SC(=0)SMe 4-S(0) 2 OCH 2 CF 3 4-S(0) 2 N(Me) 2 -(NHS0 2 (4-Me-Ph)) 4-(OCH 2 (4-TMS-Ph)) 2-CH 2 OCH 2 (2,4-Di-F-Ph) 4-((4-TMS-Ph)-C≡C) -(S-(4-TMG-Ph)) 4-S(0) 2 Ph 3-(SCH 2 (3-Me-Ph)) 3-(4-pyridinyl-CH 2 ) 3-(4-pyridinyl-C≡C) 3-(2-pyridinyl-S) 4-(2-thienyl-CH 2 ) 4-(2-thienyl-S) -(2-furanyl-0) 4-(3-ftιranyl-S) 2-(4-pyrimiduιyl-CH 2 ) 2-(2-pyrimidinyl-S) -OC≡CCH 3 4-0CH 2 CH 2 0Me 3-OCH SMe 3-S(0) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 -S(0) 2 CF 3 2-NH 2 4-C(=S)OEt 2-C(=NH)OMe -SC(=S)-/-Pr 2-0C(=0)N(Me)Ph 3-OS(0) 2 CH 3 3-((4-CN-Ph)-OCH 7 ) -(2-nιxanyl-CH 2 ) 3-(2-thiazoyl-CH 2 ) 3-((3-CF 3 -4-pyridinyl-OCH 2 ) Table 3 -SCsCEt 3-SCH 2 C≡C-I 3-SCH 2 OMe 3-SCH 2 SEt -OGe(Me) 2 Ph 3-(C(=0)(3-Me-Bzl)) 4-C(=S)Me 4-((4-F-Bzl)-OC(=0)) -C(=S)OEt 4-C(=S)SCHF 2 2-C(=0)N(Me) 2 2-C(=S)N(Et) 2 -CH 2 CN 3-OC(=0)Me 3-0C(=S)Me 4-SC(=0)Me -NHC(=0)Me 4-NHC(=S)Ph 4-0C(=0)0-c-Hex 4-0C(=0)S-«-Pr -SC(=0)OCH 2 CF 3 2-SC(=0)SMe 4-S(0) 2 OCH 2 CF 3 4-S(0) N(Me) 2 -(NHS0 2 (4-Me-Ph)) 4-(OCH 2 (4-TMS-Ph)) 2-CH 2 OCH 2 (2,4-Di-F-Ph) 4-((4-TMS-Ph)-CsC) -(S-(4-TMG-Ph)) 4-S(0) 2 Ph 3-(SCH 2 (3-Me-Ph)) 3-(4-pyridinyl-CH 2 ) -(4-pyridinyl-C≡C) 3-(2-pyridinyl-S) 4-(2-thienyl-CH 2 ) 4-(2-thienyl-S) -(2-furanyl-0) 4-(3-furanyl-S) 2-(4-pyrimidinyl-CH-7) 2-(2-pyrimidinyl-S) -OCsCCH 3 4-OCH 2 CH 2 OMe 3-OCH 2 SMe 3-S(0) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 -S(0) 2 CF 3 2-NH 2 4-C(=S)OEt 2-C(=NH)0Me -SC(=S)- -Pr 2-OC(=0)N( e)Ph 3-OS(0) 2 CH 3 3-((4-CN-Ph)-OCH->) -(2-furanyl-CH->) 3-(2-thiazoyl-CH 2 ) 3-((3-CF3-4-pyridinyl-OCH 2 ) R J = 3-(2-CN-Ph-C≡C-). and El ^ El El -CH 2 0CH 3 3-OCH 2 OCH 2 TMS 4-SCH CH=CH 2 3-S(0)CF 2 CF 3 -CsC-0CH 3 4-SCN 3-C≡C-TMS 3-( l-Ph-2,2-Di-Cl-c-Pr) -CsC-I 3-Ge(Me) CF 3 3-OSi(Me) 2 Ph 3-(2-Me-4-Ph-c-Hex) -ada 3-Si(Me) 2 CF 3 2-OH 3-C≡C-OTHP -CH 2 S-w-Pr 3-Ge(CF 3 ) 3 2-N(Me)Bzl 3-OCH 2 CF=CF 2 -SC≡CEt 3-SCH 2 C≡C-I 3-SCH 2 O e 3-SCH 2 SEt -OGe(Me) 2 Ph 3-(C(=0)(3- e-Bzl)) 4-C(=S)Me 4-((4-F-Bzl)-OC(=0)) -C(=S)OEt 4-C(=S)SCHF 2 2-C(=0)N(Me) 2 2-C(=S)N(Et) 2 -CH 2 CN 3-0C(=0)Me 3-OC(=S)Me 4-SC(=0)Me -NHC(=0)Me 4-NHC(=S)Ph 4-OC(=0)0-c-Hex 4-0C(=0)S-n-Pr 3-SC(=0)OCH 2 CF 3 2-SC(=0)SMe 4-S(0) 2 OCH 2 CF 3 4-S(0) 2 N(Me) 2 -(NHS0 2 (4-Me-Ph)) 4-(OCH 2 (4-TMS-Ph)) 2-CH 2 OCH 2 (2,4-Di-F-Ph) 4-((4-TMS-Ph)-C≡C) 3-(S-(4-TMG-Ph)) 4-S(0) 2 Ph 3-(SCH 2 (3-Me-Ph)) 3-(4-pyridinyl-CH 2 ) -(4-pyridinyl-C≡C) 3-(2-pyridinyl-S) 4-(2-thienyl-CH 2 ) 4-(2-thienyi-S) -(2-furanyl-0) 4-(3-furanyl-S) 2-(4-pyrimidinyl-CH 2 ) 2-(2-pyrimidinyl-S) 4-OC re CCH 3 4-OCH 2 CH 2 OMe 3-OCH 2 SMe 3-S(0) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 3-S(0) 2 CF 3 2-NH 2 4-C(=S)OEt 2-C(=NH)0Me -SC(=S)- -Pr 2-OC(=0)N(Me)Ph 3-OS(0) 2 CH 3 3- ((4-CN-Ph)-0CH 7 ) 3-(2-furanyl-CH 2 ) 3-(2-thiazoyl-CH 2 ) 3-((3-CF 3 -4-pyridinyl-OCH 2 ) Table 4 Table 5 ) Eii Eii 4-CsC-I 4-CsC-O-THP 3-CH 2 OEt 3-CH 2 OBzl 4-CH 2 SMe 3-O-Λ-Pr 3-O-C-OMe 4-OCH 2 CF 3 2-N0 2 4-SCN 3-TMG 3-CHC-TMS 4-C(=S)Me 3-C(=0)OBzl 3-OC(=0)Ph 3-OC(=S)Ph 4-NHC(=0)CH 3 4-NHC(=S)Me 3-0C(=O)-0-/-Bu 3-OC(=0)N(Me)2 2-OS(0) 2 CF 3 4-N(Me)S(0) 2 CH 3 2-Ph 2-(2-CN-Ph) 3-((3-CF 3 -Ph CH 2 0) 3-S(0) 2 Ph 3-OC-Ph 4-(4-pyridinyl- C) 4-OCH 2 CH=CH 2 4-SEt 3-C(=0)SMe 2-(2-CN-Bzl) 4-OCH 2 CF=CF 2 4-OH 3-SC(=0)--ι-pentyl 3-SCHF 2 3-OCH 2 OCH 2 -TMS 3-0-Si(/-Pr) 3 3-S(0) 2 OCH 2 CF 3 3-S(0)CH 3 3-S(0)CHF 2 3-S(0) 2 CH 3 3-N(Me) 2 3-C(=S)SMe 3-SC(=S)Bzl 2-S(0) 2 N(Me) 2 3-((2-F-Ph)-0) 3-CH 2 CH=C(Cl)2 Table 6 D 3 = CH. D 2 = CH. D 1 = CH. R 3 = H. and Eii Eii Eii Eii 4-CI 2,4-Di-CI 4-OC-I 4-OC-O-THP 3-F 2-Me 3-CH 2 OEt 3-CH 2 OBzJ 2-1 3-CF 3 4-CH 2 SMe 3-O-Λ-Pr 4-CH=CH 2 3-C--CH 3-CsC-OMe 4-OCH 2 CF 3 4-S(0)2CF 3 2-CN 2-N0 2 4-SCN 4-SF 5 3-TMS 3-TMG 3-OC-TMS 3-0-Ge(/-Pr) 3 4-C(=0)Me 4-C(=S)Me 3-C(=0)OBzl 4-C( * 0)N(Me) 2 4-C(=S)N(Me)2 3-OC(=0)Ph 3-OC(=S)Ph 4-NHC(0)CH 3 4-NHC(=S)Me 3-OC(=0 0-/-Bu 3-OC(=0)N(Me)2 2-OS(0)2CF3 4-N(Me)S(0)2CH 3 2-Ph 2-(2-CN-Ph) 3-((3-CF 3 -Ph)-CH 2 0) 3-S(0) 2 Ph 3-C≡C-Ph 4-(4-pyridinyl-CsC) 4-OCH 2 CH=CH 2 4-SEt 3-C(=0)SMe 2-(2-CN-Bzl) 4-OCH 2 CF=CF 2 4-OH 3-SC(=0)-n-pentyl 3-SCHF 2 3-OCH 2 OCH 2 -TMS 3-0-Si(/-Pr) 3 3-S(0) 2 OCH 2 CF 3 3-S(0)CH 3 3-S(0)CHF 2 3-S(0) 2 CH 3 3-N(Me) 2 3-C(=S)SMe 3-SC(=S)Bzl 2-S(0) 2 N(Me) 2 3-((2-F-Ph)-0) 3-CH 2 CH=C(Cl)2 -C(=S)OEt 4-C(=S)SCHF 2 2-C(=0)N(Me) 2 2-C(=S)N(Et) 2 -CH 2 CN 3-0C(=0)Me 3-OC(=S)Me 4-SC(=0)Me -NHC(=0)Me 4-NHC(=S)Ph 4-0C(=0)0-c-Hex 4-OC(=0)S-«-Pr -SC(=0)OCH 2 CF 3 2-SC(=0)SMe 4-S(0) 2 OCH 2 CF 3 4-S(0) 2 N(Me) -(NHS0 2 (4-Me-Ph)) 4-(OCH 2 (4-TMS-Ph)) 2-CH 2 OCH 2 (2,4-Dι-F-Ph) 4-((4-TMS-Ph)- C) -(S-(4-TMG-Ph)) 4-S(0) 2 Ph 3-(SCH 2 (3-Me-Ph)) 3-(4-pyπdιnyl-CH 2 ) -(4-pyπdιnyl-OC) 3-(2-pyπdιnyl-S) 4-(2-thιenyl-CH 2 ) 4-(2-thιenyl-S) -(2-furanyl-0) 4-(3-ftιranyl-S) 2-(4-pyπmιdιnyl-CH 7 ) 2-(2-pyπmιdιnyl-S) -OOCCH 3 4-OCH 2 CH 2 OMe 3-OCH SMe 3-S(0) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 -S(0) 2 CF 3 2-NH 2 4-C(=S)OEt 2-C(=NH)OMe -SC(=S)-/-Pr 2-OC(=0)N(Me)Ph 3-OS(0) 2 CH 3 3-((4-CN-Ph)-OCH 2 ) -(2-furanyl-CH->) 3-(2-thιazoyl-CH->) 3-((3-CF 3 -4-pyndinyl-OCH 2 ) r) -(4-pyridinyl-OC) (2-pyridinyl-S) 4-(2-thienyl-CH 2 ) 4-(2-thienyl-S) -(2-furanyi-0) (3-furanyl-S) 2-(4-pyrimidinyl-CH 2 ) 2-(2-pyrimidinyl-S) -OOCCH3 OCH 2 CH 2 OMe 3-OCH 2 SMe 3-S(0) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 -S(0) 2 CF 3 •NH 2 4-C(=S)OEt 2-C(=NH)0Me -SC(=S)-/-Pr OC(=0)N(Me)Ph 3-OS(0) 2 CH 3 3-((4-CN-Ph)-0CH->) -(2-furanyl-CH 2 ) (2-thiazoyl-CH 2 ) 3-((3-CF 3 -4-pyridinyl-OCH 2 ) R 2 = Me. R 3 = 3-Me. R 4 = 6-Me. R 10 - H. Y -0-. and El El El El -CH 2 OCH 3 3-OCH 2 OCH 2 TMS 4-SCH 2 CH=CH 2 3-S(0)CF 2 CF 3 -CsC-OCH 3 4-SCN 3-CHC-TMS 3-( l-Ph-2.2-Di-Cl-c-Pr) -C≡C-I 3-Ge(Me) 2 CF 3 3-OSi(Me) 2 Ph 3-(2-Me-4-Ph-c-Hex) -ada 3-Si(Me) 2 CF 3 2-OH 3-C≡C-OTHP 3-CH 2 S-n-Pr 3-Ge(CF 3 ) 3 2-N(Me)Bzl 3-OCH 2 CF=CF 2 3-S CEt 3-SCH 2 C≡C-I 3-SCH 2 OMe 3-SCH 2 SEt 3-OGe(Me) 2 Ph 3-(C(=0)(3-Me-Bzl)) 4-C(=S)Me 4-((4-F-Bzl)-OC(=0)) -C(=S)OEt 4-C(=S)SCHF 2 2-C(=0)N(Me) 2 2-C(=S)N(Et) 2 -CH 2 CN 3-OC(=0)Me 3-0C(=S)Me 4-SC(=0)Me -NHC(=0)Me 4-NHC(=S)Ph 4-OC(=0)0-c-Hex 4-OC(=0)S-«-Pr -SC(=0)OCH 2 CF 3 2-SC(=0)SMe 4-S(0) 2 OCH 2 CF 3 4-S(0) 2 N(Me) 2 -(NHS0 2 (4-Me-Ph)) 4-(OCH 2 (4-TMS-Ph)) 2-CH 2 OCH 2 (2,4-Di-F-Ph) 4-((4-TMS-Ph)- C) -(S-(4-TMG-Ph)) 4-S(0) 2 Ph 3-(SCH 2 (3-Me-Ph)) 3-(4-pyridinyl-CH 2 ) -(4-pyridinyl-C≡C) 3-(2-pyridinyl-S) 4-(2-thienyi-CH 2 ) 4-(2-thienyl-S) -(2-furanyl-0) 4-(3-furanyl-S) 2-(4-pyrimidinyl-CH">) 2-(2-pyrimidinyl-S) -OOCCH 3 4-OCH 2 CH 2 OMe 3-OCH 2 SMe 3-S(0) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 -S(0) 2 CF 3 2-NH 2 4-C(=S)OEt 2-C(=NH)OMe 2-OC(=0)N(Me)Ph 3-OS(0) 2 CH 3 3-((4-CN-Ph)-OCH 2 ) -(2-furanyl-CH 7 ) 3-(2-thiazoyl-CHτ ) 3-((3-CF 3 -4-pyridinyI-OCH 2 ) ) Formulation/Utility Compounds of this invention will generally be used as a formulation or composition with an agriculturally suitable carrier comprising at least one of a liquid diluent, a solid diluent or a surfactant. The formulation or composition ingredients are selected to be consistent with the physical properties of the active ingredient, mode of application and environmental factors such as soil type, moisture and temperature. Useful formulations include liquids such as solutions (including emulsifiable concentrates), suspensions, emulsions (including microemulsions and/or suspoemulsions) and the like which optionally can be thickened into gels. Useful formulations further include solids such as dusts, powders, granules, pellets, tablets, films, and the like which can be water-dispersible ("wettable") or water-soluble. Active ingredient can be (micro)encapsulated and further formed into a suspension or solid formulation; alternatively the entire formulation of active ingredient can be encapsulated (or "overcoated"). Encapsulation can control or delay release of the active ingredient. Sprayable formulations can be extended in suitable media and used at spray volumes from about one to several hundred liters per hectare. High-strength compositions are primarily used as intermediates for further formulation. The formulations will typically contain effective amounts of active ingredient, diluent and surfactant within the following approximate ranges which add up to 100 percent by weight. Weight Percent High Strength Compositions 90-99 0-10 0-2 Typical solid diluents are described in Watkins, et al., Handbook of Insecticide Dust Diluents and Carriers, 2nd Ed., Dorland Books, Caldwell, New Jersey. Typical liquid diluents are described in Marsden, Solvents Guide, 2nd Ed., Interscience, New York, 1950. McCutcheon 's Detergents and Emulsifiers Annual, Allured Publ. Corp., Ridgewood, New Jersey, as well as Sisely and Wood, Encyclopedia of Surface Active Agents, Chemical Publ. Co., Inc., New York, 1964, list surfactants and recommended uses. All formulations can contain minor amounts of additives to reduce foam, caking, corrosion, microbiological growth and the like, or thickeners to increase viscosity. Surfactants include, for example, polyethoxylated alcohols, polyethoxylated alkylphenols, polyethoxylated sorbitan fatty acid esters, dialkyl sulfosuccinates, alkyl sulfates, alkylbenzene sulfonates, organosilicones, NN-dialkyltaurates, lignin sulfonates, naphthalene sulfonate formaldehyde condensates, polycarboxylates, and polyoxyethylene/polyoxypropylene block copolymers. Solid diluents include, for example, clays such as bentonite, montmorillonite, attapulgite and kaolin, starch, sugar, silica, talc, diatomaceous earth, urea, calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate and bicarbonate, and sodium sulfate. Liquid diluents include, for example, water, NN-dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-alkylpyrrolidone, ethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, paraffins, alkylbenzenes, alkylnaphthalenes, oils of olive, castor, linseed, tung, sesame, corn, peanut, cotton-seed, soybean, rape-seed and coconut, fatty acid esters, ketones such as cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, isophorone and 4-hydroxy-4- methyl-2-pentanone, and alcohols such as methanol, cyclohexanol, decanol and tetrahydro * ojrfuryl alcohol. Solutions, including emulsifiable concentrates, can be prepared by simply mixing the ingredients. Dusts and powders can be prepared by blending and, usually, grinding as in a hammer mill or fluid-energy mill. Suspensions are usually prepared by wet-milling; see, for example, U.S. 3,060,084. Granules and pellets can be prepared by spraying the active material upon preformed granular carriers or by agglomeration techniques. See Browning, "Agglomeration", Chemical Engineering, December 4, 1967, pp 147-48, Perry 's Chemical Engineer 's Handbook, 4th Ed., McGraw-Hill, New York, 1963, pages 8-57 and following, and WO 91/13546. Pellets can be prepared as described in U.S. 4,172,714. Water-dispersible and water-soluble granules can be prepared as taught in U.S. 4,144,050, U.S. 3,920,442 and DE 3,246,493. Tablets can be prepared as taught in U.S. 5,180,587, U.S. 5,232,701 and U.S. 5,208,030. Films can be prepared as taught in GB 2,095,558 and U.S. 3,299,566. For further information regarding the art of formulation, see U.S. 3,235,361 , Col. 6, line 16 through Col. 7, line 19 and Examples 10-41; U.S. 3,309,192, Col. 5, line 43 through Col. 7, line 62 and Examples 8, 12, 15, 39, 41, 52, 53, 58, 132, 138-140, 162-164, 166, 167 and 169-182; U.S. 2,891,855, Col. 3, line 66 through Col. 5, line 17 and Examples 1-4; Klingman, Weed Control as a Science, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, 1961 , pp 81 -96; and Hance et al., Weed Control Handbook, 8th Ed., Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford, 1989. In the following Examples, all percentages are by weight and all formulations are prepared in conventional ways. Compound numbers refer to compounds in Index Tables A-C. Example A Wettable Powder Compound 39 65.0% dodecylphenol polyethylene glycol ether 2.0% sodium ligninsulfonate 4.0% sodium silicoaluminate 6.0% montmorillonite (calcined) 23.0%. Example B Granule Compound 39 10.0% attapulgite granules (low volatile matter, 0.71/0.30 mm; U.S.S. No. 25-50 sieves) 90.0%. Example C Extruded Pellet Compound 39 25.0% anhydrous sodium sulfate 10.0% crude calcium ligninsulfonate 5.0% sodium alky lnaphthalenesulfonate 1.0% calcium/magnesium bentonite 59.0%. Example D Emulsifiable Concentrate Compound 39 20.0% blend of oil soluble sulfonates and polyoxyethylene ethers 10.0% isophorone 70.0%. The compounds of this invention are useful as plant disease control agents. The present invention therefore further comprises a method for controlling plant diseases caused by fungal plant pathogens comprising applying to the plant or portion thereof to be protected, or to the plant seed or seedling to be protected, an effective amount of a compound of the invention or a fimgicidal composition containing said compound. The compounds and compositions of this invention provide control of diseases caused by a broad spectrum of fungal plant pathogens in the Basidiomycete, Ascomycete, Oomycete and Deuteromycete classes. They are effective in controlling a broad spectrum of plant diseases, particularly foliar pathogens of ornamental, vegetable, field, cereal, and fruit crops. These pathogens include Plasmopara viticola, Phytophthora infestans, Peronospora tabacina, Pseudoperonospora cubensis, Pythium aphanidermatum, Alternaria brassicae, Septoria nodorum, Septoria tritici, Cercosporidium personatum, Cercospora arachidicola, Pseudocercosporella herpotrichoides, Cercospora beticola, Botrytis cinerea, Monilinia fructicola. Pyricularia oryzae. Podosphaera leucotricha, Venturia inaequalis, Erysiphe graminis, Uncinula necatur, Puccinia recondita, Puccinia graminis. Hemileia vastathx, Puccinia striiformis. Puccinia arachidis, Rhizoctonia solani, Sphaerotheca fuliginea, Fusarium oxysporum, Verticillium dahliae, Pythium aphanidermatum, Phytophthora megasperma, Sclerotinia sclerotiorum, Sclerotium rolfsii, Erysiphe polygoni, Pyrenophora teres, Gaeumannomyces graminis, Rynchosporium secalis, Fusarium roseum, Bremia lactucae and other generea and species closely related to these pathogens. The compounds of this invention also exhibit activity against a wide spectrum of foliar- feeding, fruit-feeding, stem or root feeding, seed-feeding, aquatic and soil-inhabiting arthropods (term "arthropods" includes insects, mites and nematodes) which are pests of growing and stored agronomic crops, forestry, greenhouse crops, ornamentals, nursery crops, stored food and fiber products, livestock, household, and public and animal health. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that not all compounds are equally effective against all growth stages of all pests. Nevertheless, all of the compounds of this invention display activity against pests that include: eggs, larvae and adults of the Order Lepidoptera; eggs, foliar-feeding, fruit- feeding, root-feeding, seed- feeding larvae and adults of the Order Coleoptera; eggs, immatures and adults of the Orders Hemiptera and Homoptera; eggs, larvae, nymphs and adults of the Order Acari; eggs, immatures and adults of the Orders Thysanoptera, Orthoptera and Dermaptera; eggs, immatures and adults of the Order Diptera; and eggs, juveniles and adults of the Phylum Nematoda. The compounds of this invention are also active against pests of the Orders Hymenoptera, Isoptera, Siphonaptera, Blattaria, Thysanura and Psocoptera; pests belonging to the Class Arachnida and Phylum Platyhelminthes. Specifically, the compounds are active against southern corn rootworm (Diabrotica undecimpunctata howardi), aster leafhopper (Mascrosteles fascifrons), boll weevil (Anthonomus grandis), two-spotted spider mite (Tetranychus urticae), fall armyworm (Spodoptera frugiperda), black bean aphid (Aphis fabae), green peach aphid (Myzus persica), cotton aphid (Aphis gossypii), Russian wheat aphid (Diuraphis noxia), English grain aphid (Sitobion avenae), tobacco budworm (Heliothis virescens), rice water weevil (Lissorhoptrus oryzophilus), rice leaf beetle (Oulema oryzae), whitebacked planthopper (Sogatella furcifera), green leafhopper (Nephotettix cincticeps), brown planthopper (Nilaparvata lugens), small brown planthopper (Laodelphax striatellus), rice stem borer (Chilo suppressalis), rice leafroller (Cnaphalocrocis medinalis), black rice stink bug (Scotinophara lurida), rice stink bug (Oebalus pugnax), rice bug (Leptocorisa chinensis), slender rice bug (Cletus puntiger), and southern green stink bug (Nezara viridula). The compounds are active on mites, demonstrating ovicidal, larvicidal and chemosterilant activity against such families as Tetranychidae including Tetranychus urticae, Tetranychus cinnabarinus, Tetranychus mcdanieli, Tetranychus pacificus, Tetranychus turkestani, Byrobia rubriocuius. Panonychus ulmi, Panonychus citri, Eotetranychus carpini borealis, Eotetranychus, hicoriae, Eotetranychus sexmaculatus, Eotetranychus yumensis, Eotetranychus banksi and Oligonychus pratensis; Tenuipalpidae including Brevipalpus lewisi, Brevipalpus phoenicis, Brevipalpus californicus and Brevipalpus obovatus; Eriophyidae including Phyllocoptruta oleivora, Eriophyes sheldoni, Aculus cornutus, Epitrimerus pyri and Eriophyes mangiferae. See WO 90/10623 and WO 92/00673 for more detailed pest descriptions. Compounds of this invention can also be mixed with one or more other insecticides, fungicides, nematocides, bactericides, acaricides, growth regulators, chemosterilants, semiochemicals, repellents, attractants, pheromones, feeding stimulants or other biologically active compounds to form a multi-component pesticide giving an even broader spectrum of agricultural protection. Examples of such agricultural protectants with which compounds of this invention can be formulated are: insecticides such as abamectin, acephate, azinphos-methyl, bifenthrin, buprofezin, carbofuran, chlorpyrifos, chlorpyrifos-methyl, cyfluthrin, beta-cyfluthrin, cyhalothrin, lambda-cyhalothrin, deltamethrin, diafenthiuron, diazinon, diflubenzuron, dimethoate, esfenvalerate, fenoxycarb, fenpropathrin, fenvalerate, fipronil, flucythrinate, tau-fluvalinate, fonophos, imidacloprid, isofenphos, malathion, metaldehyde, methamidophos, methidathion, methomyl, methoprene, methoxychlor, methyl 7-chloro- 2,5-dihydro-2-[[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-N-[4- (trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]amino]carbonyl]indeno[ 1 ,2-e][ 1 ,3,4]oxadiazine-4a(3H)- carboxylate (DPX-JW062), monocrotophos, oxamyl, parathion, parathion-methyl, permethrin, phorate, phosalone, phosmet, phosphamidon, pirimicarb, profenofos, rotenone, sulprofos, tebufenozide, tefluthrin, terbufos, tetrachlorvinphos, thiodicarb, tralomethrin, trichlorfon and triflumuron; fungicides such as azoxystrobin (ICIA5504), benomyl, blasticidin-S, Bordeaux mixture (tribasic copper sulfate), bromuconazole, captafol, captan, carbendazim, chloroneb, chlorothalonil, copper oxychloride, copper salts, cymoxanil, cyproconazole, cyprodinil (CGA 219417), diclomezine, dicloran, difenoconazole, dimethomorph, diniconazole, diniconazole-M, dodine, edifenphos, epoxiconazole (BAS 480F), fenarimol, fenbuconazole, fenpiclonil, fenpropidin, fenpropimorph, fluazinam, fluquinconazole, flusilazole, flutolanil, flutriafol, folpet, fosetyl-aluminum, furalaxyl, hexaconazole, ipconazole, iprobenfos, iprodione, isoprothiolane, kasugamycin, kresoxim-methyl (BAS 490F), mancozeb, maneb, mepronil, metalaxyl, metconazole, 5-methyl 7-benzothiazolecarbothioate (CGA 245704), 5-methyl-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-3-phenylamino-2,4-oxazolidinedione (DPX-JE874), myclobutanil, neo-asozin (ferric methanearsonate), oxadixyl, penconazole, pencycuron, probenazole, prochloraz, propiconazole, pyrifenox, pyroquilon, sulfur, tebuconazole, tetraconazole, thiabendazole, thiophanate-methyl, thiram, triadimefon, triadimenol, tricyclazole, triticonazole, validamycin and vinclozolin; nematocides such as aldoxycarb and fenamiphos; bactericides such as streptomycin; acaricides such as amitraz, chinomethionat, chlorobenzilate, cyhexatin, dicofol, dienochlor, fenazaquin, fenbutatin oxide, fenpropathrin, fenpyroximate, hexythiazox, propargite, pyridaben and tebufenpyrad; and biological agents such as Bacillus thuringiensis, Bacillus thuringiensis delta endotoxin, baculovirus, and entomopathogenic bacteria, virus and fungi. In certain instances, combinations with other fungicides or arthropodicides having a similar spectrum of control but a different mode of action will be particularly advantageous for resistance management. Preferred for better control of plant diseases caused by fungal plant pathogens (e.g., lower use rate or broader spectrum of plant pathogens controlled) or resistance management are mixtures of a compound of this invention with a fungicide selected from the group cyproconazole, cyprodinil (CGA 219417), epoxiconazole (BAS 480F), fenpropidin, fenpropimorph, fiusilazole and tebuconazole. Specifically preferred mixtures (compound numbers refer to compounds in Index Tables A-C) are selected from the group: compound 9 and cyproconazole; compound 9 and cyprodinil (CGA 219417); compound 9 and epoxiconazole (BAS 480F); compound 9 and fenpropidin; compound 9 and fenpropimorph; compound 9 and fiusilazole; compound 9 and tebuconazole; compound 12 and cyproconazole; compound 12 and cyprodinil (CGA 219417); compound 12 and epoxiconazole (BAS 480F); compound 12 and fenpropidin; compound 12 and fenpropimorph; compound 12 and fiusilazole; compound 12 and tebuconazole; compound 39 and cyproconazole; compound 39 and cyprodinil (CGA 219417); compound 39 and epoxiconazole (BAS 480F); compound 39 and fenpropidin; compound 39 and fenpropimorph; compound 39 and fiusilazole; compound 39 and tebuconazole; compound 45 and cyproconazole; compound 45 and cyprodinil (CGA 219417); compound 45 and epoxiconazole (BAS 480F); compound 45 and fenpropidin; compound 45 and fenpropimorph; compound 45 and fiusilazole; compound 45 and tebuconazole; compound 53 and cyproconazole; compound 53 and cyprodinil (CGA 219417); compound 53 and epoxiconazole (BAS 480F); compound 53 and fenpropidin; compound 53 and fenpropimorph; compound 53 and fiusilazole; compound 53 and tebuconazole; compound 54 and cyproconazole; compound 54 and cyprodinil (CGA 219417); compound 54 and epoxiconazole (BAS 480F); compound 54 and fenpropidin; compound 54 and fenpropimorph; compound 54 and fiusilazole; compound 54 and tebuconazole; compound 103 and cyproconazole; compound 103 and cyprodinil (CGA 219417); compound 103 and epoxiconazole (BAS 480F); compound 103 and fenpropidin; compound 103 and fenpropimorph; compound 103 and fiusilazole; and compound 103 and tebuconazole. Plant disease control is ordinarily accomplished by applying an effective amount of a compound of this invention either pre- or post-infection, to the portion of the plant to be protected such as the roots, stems, foliage, fruit, seeds, tubers or bulbs, or to the media (soil or sand) in which the plants to be protected are growing. The compounds can also be applied to the seed to protect the seed and seedling. For plant disease control, rates of application for these compounds can be influenced by many factors of the environment and should be determined under actual use conditions. Foliage can normally be protected when treated at a rate of from less than 1 g/ha to 5,000 g/ha of active ingredient. Seed and seedlings can normally be protected when seed is treated at a rate of from 0.1 to 10 g per kilogram of seed. Arthropod pests are controlled and protection of agronomic, horticultural and specialty crops, animal and human health is achieved by applying one or more of the compounds of this invention, in an effective amount, to the environment of the pests including the agronomic and/or nonagronomic locus of infestation, to the area to be protected, or directly on the pests to be controlled. Thus, the present invention further comprises a method for the control of foliar and soil inhabiting arthropods and nematode pests and protection of agronomic and/or nonagronomic crops, comprising applying one or more of the compounds of the invention, or compositions containing at least one such compound, in an effective amount, to the environment of the pests including the agronomic and/or nonagronomic locus of infestation, to the area to be protected, or directly on the pests to be controlled. A preferred method of application is by spraying. Alternatively, granular formulations of these compounds can be applied to the plant foliage or the soil. Other methods of application include direct and residual sprays, aerial sprays, seed coats, microencapsulations, systemic uptake, baits, eartags, boluses, foggers, fumigants, aerosols, dusts and many others. The compounds can be incorporated into baits that are consumed by the arthropods or in devices such as traps and the like. For the control of arthropod pests, the compounds of this invention can be applied in their pure state, but most often application will be of a formulation comprising one or more compounds with suitable carriers, diluents, and surfactants and possibly in combination with a food depending on the contemplated end use. A preferred method of application involves spraying a water dispersion or refined oil solution of the compounds. Combinations with spray oils, spray oil concentrations, spreader suckers, adjuvants, other solvents, and synergists such as piperonyl butoxide often enhance compound efficacy. The rate of application required for effective control will depend on such factors as the species of arthropod to be controlled, the pest ' s life cycle, life stage, its size, location, time of year, host crop or animal, feeding behavior, mating behavior, ambient moisture, temperature, and the like. Under normal circumstances, application rates of about 0.01 to 2 kg of active ingredient per hectare are sufficient to control pests in agronomic ecosystems, but as little as 0.001 kg/hectare may be sufficient or as much as 8 kg hectare may be required. For nonagronomic applications, effective use rates will range from about 1.0 to 50 mg/square meter but as little as 0.1 mg/square meter may be sufficient or as much as 150 mg/square meter may be required. The following TESTS demonstrate the control efficacy of compounds of this invention on specific pathogens and arthropod pests. For the tests on arthropod pests, "control efficacy" represents inhibition of arthropod development (including mortality) that causes significantly reduced feeding. The pathogen and arthropod pest control protection afforded by the compounds is not limited, however, to these species. See Index Tables A-C for compound descriptions. The following abbreviations are used in the Index Tables which follow: / = tertiary, c = cyclo, Me = methyl, Et = ethyl, Bu = butyl, Ph = phenyl, MeO and OMe = methoxy, EtO = ethoxy, PhO = phenoxy, PhS = phenylthio, CN = cyano, NO2 = nitro, Me 3 Si **** trimethylsilyl, and CHO = formyl. The abbreviation "dec" indicates that the compound appeared to decompose on melting. The abbreviation "Ex." stands for "Example" and is followed by a number indicating in which example the compound is prepared. INDEX TABLE A Cm p dNo. Y Z m.p. (°C) 1 Ex. 18 CH 2 ON=C(Me) 4-HO-Ph oil* ♦ See Index Table C for »H NMR data. INDEX TABLE B in R 3a is H or R 3 Cmpd No. X R 3a Y m.p. CO 26 MeO H O 3-(2,6-diF-PhCH 2 0)-Ph oil* 27 MeO H O 3-(3-MeO-PhCH 2 0)-Ph 128-131 28 MeO H O 3-<4-F-PhCH 2 0)-Ph oil* 29 MeO H CH 2 ON=C(Me) 4-(Me 3 Si-G≡C)-2-pyridinyl oil* 30 MeO H O 3-(2-Me-PhCH 2 0)-Ph 104-105 31 MeO H O 3-(3-Me-PhCH 2 0)-Ph oil* 32 MeO H O 3-(4-Me-PhCH 2 0)-Ph oil* 33 MeO H O 3-(2-CN-PhCH 2 0)-Ph 97-98 4 MeO H O 3-(2-N0 2 -PhCH 2 0)-Ph 135-136 35 MeO H O 3-(3,5-diF-PhCH 0)-Ph oil* 36 MeO H O 3-(2-F-PhCH 2 0)-Ph oil* 7 MeO H O 3-(3-F-PhCH 2 0)-Ph oil* 8 MeO H O 3-(3-CF 3 -PhCH 2 0)-Ph oil* 9 Ex. 13 MeO H O 3-(2-Cl-PhCH 2 0)-Ph 1 12-114 0 MeO H O 3-(3-Cl-PhCH 2 0)-Ph oil* 1 MeO H O 3-(3,5-diCl-PhCH 2 0>Ph oil* 2 MeO H 0 3-(2-pyridinyl-CH 2 0)-Ph oil* 3 MeO H O 3-(4-pyridmyl-CH 2 0)-Ph oil* 4 MeO H O 3-(3,3-diF-2-MeO-l-cyclobuten-l-yl)- oil* l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl 5 Ex. 2 MeO H O 3-[l-(4-Cl-Ph)-cyclopropyl]-l,2,4- 123-124 thiadiazol-5-yl 6 MeO H O 3-( 1 -Ph-cyclopropy 1)- 1 ,2,4-thiadiazol- solid* 5-yl 7 Ex. 10 MeO H O 3-((EtO) 2 CH)- 1 ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl 8 MeO H O 3-(l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- oil* 1 -naphthalenyl-0)-Ph 4-CI-5-CHO-2-thiazolyl 98-101 3-(2-F-PhS)-Ph oil* 3-(4-F-Ph-CsC 1 ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl 3-(2-pyridinyl-CsC)- 1 ,2,4-thiadiazol- 5-yl 3-((CF 3 ) 3 Ge)-Ph oil* 3-[ 1 -(4-Cl-Ph)-cyclopropyi]- 1 ,2,4- 1 19-121 thiadiazol-5-yl 3-[l-(4-Cl-Ph)-cyclopropyl]-l,2,4- 150-151 thiadiazol-5-yl Cmpd No. X R 3a 56 MeO 6-Me O 57 MeO 4-MeO O 3-(2-Cl-PhCH 2 0)- 1 ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-y I 107- 108 3-(CF 3 S(0) 2 0)-Ph oil* 3-(PhCH 2 0)-Ph oil* 4-(3-CF 3 -Ph)-5-C0 2 H-2-thiazolyl 204-205 (dec) 3-(HCsCCH 2 0)-Ph oil* 3-(f-BuOC(=0)CH 2 0)-Ph oil* 3-[3,5-(CF 3 S(0)2θ)2-Ph]- 1 ,2,4- thiadiazol-5-yl 3-(MeOC(=0)CH 2 0)-Ph oil* 3-((EtO)2CHC≡C)-Ph oil* 4-(3,5-diCF 3 -Ph)-5-CHO-2-thiazolyl solid* 3-((EtO)2CHC-=C)- 1 ,2,4-thiadiazol-5- 55-58 yi 3-((/-BuO) 2 CHCsC)- 1 ,2,4-thiadiazol- 1 15-116 5-yl 8 Ex. 9 MeO H O 3-(CF 3 S(0) 2 0)- 1 ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-y 1 9 MeO H O 3-(2,5-diCl-PhS(0) 0)- 1 ,2,4- thiadiazol-5-yl 3-(4-Br-PhS(0) 2 0)-l,2,4-thiadiazol-5- yi 3-(Me 2 C(OH)C=C)-Ph 165-167 3-((/-BuO)2CHC=C)-Ph oil* Y 6-(3-CF 3 -PhCH 2 CH 2 0)-4-pyriπιidinyl oil* 6-(l-naphthalenyl-CH 2 CH 2 0)-4- oil* pyrimidinyl 6-(l-naphthalenyl-CH 2 CH 2 0)-4- oil* pyrimidinyl 6-(4-pyridinylCH2θ)-4-pyrimidinyl oil* 6-(4-pyridinylCH2θ)-4-pyrimidinyl oil* 6-(MeOCH2CH2θ)-4-pyrimidinyl oil* 6-(MeOCH2CH2θ)-4-pyrimidinyl oil* 6-(2-Me-PhCH 2 0)-4-pyrimidinyl oil* 6-(3-C]-PhCH 2 S)-4-pyrimidinyl oil* *See Index Table C for »H NMR data. INDEX TABLE C Cmpd No. *H NMR Data (CDC1 3 solution unless indicated otherwise) 3 I δ 7.52 (d, 1 H), 7.42 (m,2H), 7.32 (m,2H), 6.72 (m,3H), 5.24 (AB q,2H), 3.94 (d,3H), 3.44 (d,3H), 2.16 (d,3H). I I δ 7.8 (d,lH), 7.5 (t,lH), 7.42 (m,2H), 3.86 (s,3H), 3.44 (s,3H), 2.1 (br s,3H), 2.04 (br m,6H), 1.79 (br m,6H). 12 δ 7.7 (s,lH), 7.6 (m,2H), 7.4-7.5 (m,3H), 7.4 (t,lH), 7.2 (d,2H), 5.2-5.3 (q,2H), 3.882 (s,3H), 3.401 (s,3H), 2.201 (s,3H), 2.0 (m,2H), 1.0 (m,2H), 0.32 (s,5.5H). 13 δ 7.6 (m,3H), 7.4 (m,4H), 7.2 (d.lH), 6.9 (d,lH), 5.2 (q,2H), 5.061 (s,2H), 3.868 (s,3H), 3.405 (s,3H), 2.174 (s,3H), 0.271 (s,7H). δ 7.5-7.6 (m,5H), 7.4 (t,3H), 7.226 (s,2H), 7.15 (d,lH), 6.9 (d,lH), 5.1-5.3 (q,2H), 5.058 (s,2H), 3.463 (s,3H), 2.156 (s,3H), 0.271 (s,9H). δ 1.2-1.4 (m,3H), 1.4-1.6 (m,2H), 1.7-1.8 (m,3H), 1.9-2.0 (m,2H), 3.39 (s,3H), 3.86 (s,3H), 4.2 (m,lH), 6.5-6.6 (m,2H), 6.65 (m,lH), 7.0 (m,lH), 7.2 (m,2H), 7.3-7.4 (m,2H). δ 3.38 (s,3H), 3.80 (s,3H), 6.8-6.9 (m,lH), 6.9-7.1 (m,2H), 7.2-7.4 (m,10H). δ 3.38 (s,3H), 3.85 (s,3H), 4.99 (s,2H), 6.6 (m,2H), 6.7 (m,lH), 7.0 (m,lH), 7.2 (m,2H), 7.3-7.4 (m,6H). δ 3.38 (s,3H), 3.85 (s,3H), 5.08 (s,2H), 6.65 (m,2H).6.75 (m,lH), 7.0 (m,lH), 7.2-7.3 (m,3H), 7.3-7.4 (m,3H), 7.50 (m,lH). δ 3.38 (s,3H), 3.84 (s,3H), 5.23 (s,2H), 6.6-6.75 (m,3H).7.0 (m,lH), 7.2 (m,2H), 7.3-7.5 (m,3H), 7.6 (m,lH), 7.7 (m,2H). δ 3.37 (s,3H), 3.85 (s,3H), 5.08 (s,2H), 6.6-6.7 (m,2H).6.7 (m.lH), 7.0 (m,lH), 7.2-7.3 (m,2H), 7.3-7.4 (m,2H), 7.52 (d,J=8.1 Hz,2H), 7.62 (d,J=8.2 Hz,2H). δ 2.31 (s,3H), 2.32 (s,3H), 3.39 (s,3H), 3.85 (s,3H), 5.30 (s,2H), 6.6 (m,2H).6.68 (m,lH), 6.75 (m,lH), 7.0-7.1 (m,3H), 7.2 (m,3H), 7.35-7.40 (m,2H). δ 3.38 (s,3H), 3.84 (s,3H), 5.07 (s,2H), 6.6-6.7 (m,2H).6.75 (m,lH), 6.9 (m,2H), 7.05 (m.lH), 7.2-7.3 (m,2H), 7.3-7.4 (m,3H). δ 3.38 (s,3H), 3.85 (s,3H), 4.97 (s,2H), 6.6-6.7 (m,2H).6.75 (m,lH), 7.0-7.1 (m,3H), 7.2-7.3 (m,2H), 7.3-7.4 (m,4H). δ 8.50 (d,lH), 7.80 (s,lH), 7.60 (d,lH), 7.50-7.40 (m,2H), 7.28-7.24 (m,2H), 5.3 (dd,2H), 3.90 (s,3H), 3.43 (s,3H), 2.27 (s,3H), 0.27 (s,9H). δ 2.36 (s,3H), 3.38 (s,3H), 3.84 (s,3H), 4.97 (s,2H), 6.6-6.7 (m,2H).6.75 (m.lH), 7.0 (m,lH), 7.1-7.3 (m;6H), 7.3-7.4 (m,2H). δ 2.35 (s,3H), 3.38 (s,3H), 3^84 (s,3H), 4.97 (s,2H), 6.6-6.7 (m,2H).6.75 (m,lH), 7.0 (m,lH), 7.2-7.25 (m,4H), 7.3-7.4 (m,4H). δ 3.38 (s,3H), 3.86 (s,3H), 5.21 (s,2H), 6.6-6.7 (m,2H).6.7 (m,lH), 6.75 (m.lH), 7.0-7.1 ( .lH), 7.2-7.3 (m,2H), 7.35-7.50 (m,3H) 7.6-7.8 (m,2H). δ 3.37 (s,3H), 3.86 (s,3H), 5.00 (s,2H), 6.6-6.8 (m,4H), 6.9-7.0 (m,3H), 7.2-7.3 (m,2H), 7.3-7.4 (m,2H). δ 3.38 (s,3H), 3.84 (s,3H), 5.08 (s,2H), 6.6-6.7 (m,2H), 6.75 (m,lH), 7.0-7.25 (m,5H), 7.3-7.4 (m,3H), 7.48 (m,lH). δ 3.38 (s,3H), 3.85 (s,3H), 5.01 (s,2H), 6.6-6.7 (m,2H), 6.75 (m,lH), ,7.0 (m,2H), 7.1-7.3 (m,4H), 7.3-7.4 (m,3H). δ 3.38 (s,3H), 3.85 (s,3H), 5.06 (s,2H), 6.6-6.7 (m.2H), 6.75 (m, lH), 7.0 (m,lH), 7.2-7.3 (m,2H), 7.3-7.4 (m,2H), 7.5 (m, l H), 7.6 (m,2H), 7.67 (m, lH). δ 3.38 (s,3H), 3.85 (s,3H), 4.99 (s,2H), 6.6 (m,2H), 6.7 (m,lH), 7.0 (m, lH), 7.2-7.4 (m,8H). δ 3.38 (s,3H), 3.86 (s,3H), 4.96 (s,2H), 6.6-6.7 (m,3H), 7.0 (m,lH), 7.2-7.3 (m,5H), 7.3-7.4 (m,3H). δ 3.38 (s,3H), 3.84 (s,3H), 5.16 (s,2H), 6.6 (m, lH), 6.7 (s,lH), 6.75 (m,lH), 7.0 (m,lH), 7.2-7.3 (m,3H), 7.35 (m,2H), 7.5 (m,lH), 7.70 (m,lH), 8.6 (m,lH). δ 3.37 (s,3H), 3.86 (s,3H), 5.04 (s,2H), 6.6-6.65 (m,2H), 6.70 (m.lH), 7.0 ( .lH), 7.2-7.3 (m,2H), 7.3-7.4 (m,4H), 8.6 (dd,J= 1.5,4.5 Hz,2H). δ 7.54 (m,2H), 7.46 (m,2H), 4.06 (s,3H), 3.83 (s,3H), 3.39 (s,3H), 3.02 (m,2H). δ 7.53 (m,2H), 7.45 (m,4H), 7.36 (m,3H), 3.81 (s,3H), 3.41 (s,3H), 1.65 (m,2H), 1.35 (m,2H). δ 7.6-7.4 (m,4H), 5.53 (s.lH), 3.81 (s,3H), 3.8-3.65 (m,4H), 3.40 (s,3H), 1.23 (t,6H). δ 1.8 (m,lH), 2.0 (m,2H), 2.1 (m,lH), 2.7-2.9 (m,2H), 3.38 (s,3H), 3.85 (s,3H), 5.35 (s.lH), 6.6 (m,lH), 6.7 (m.lH), 6.8 (m,lH), 7.0 (m,lH), 7.15-7.3 (m,5H), 7.3-7.4 (m,3H). δ 2.26 (s,3H), 3.39 (s,3H), 3.81 (s,3H), 6.8 (m,2H), 6.93 (t,J=1.8 Hz,lH), 6.98 (d,J=7.7 Hz,lH), 7.05-7.1 1 (m,3H), 7.2-7.4 (m,4H). δ 7.6-7.55 (m,4H), 7.5 (m,2H), 7.1 (t,2H), 3.84 (s,3H), 3.40 (s,3H). δ 8.65 (d,lH), 7.7 (m,lH), 7.65-7.5 (m,3H), 7.5-7.4 (m,2H), 7.3 (m, lH), 3.84 (s,3H), 3.40 (s,3H). δ 7.941 (s,lH), 7.7 (d,lH), 7.55 (m,2H), 7.4-7.5 (m,2H), 7.4-7.5 (m,2H), 7.1 (t,2H), 5.2-5.4 (q,2H), 3.889 (s,3H), 3.413 (s,3H), 2.152 (s,3H). δ 7.44 (m,2H), 7.32 (m,4H), 7.09 (d,J=2.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.91 (dd,J=8.8,2.6 Hz,lH), 3.81 (s,6H), 3.40 (s,3H), 1.65 (m,2H), 1.35 (m,2H). δ 3.38 (s,3H), 3.85 (s,3H), 5.09 (s,2H), 6.6-6.7 (m,2H), 6.7-6.8 (m,lH), 6.9-7.1 (m,2H), 7.2-7.3 (m,2H), 7.3-7.4 (m,4H). δ 3.38 (s,3H), 3.85 (s,3H), 5.06 (s,2H), 6.6-6.8 (m,3H), 6.95-7.05 (m,4H), 7.2-7.3 (m,2H), 7.3-7.4 (m,2H). δ 3.38 (s,3H), 3.85 (s,3H), 5.09 (s,2H), 6.6-6.8 (m,3H), 7.0 (m,lH), 7.1 (m,2H), 7.2-7.3 (m,3H), 7.3-7.4 (m,2H). δ 3.37 (s,3H), 3.85 (s,3H), 4.99 (s,2H), 6.81 (m,2H), 7.0 (m,3H), 7.05 (m,lH), 7.1-7.2 (m,2H), 7.3-7.4 (m,3H). δ 2.60-2.75 (m.8H), 3.38 (s,3H), 3.48 (s,2H), 3.88 (s,3H), 6.85-7.00 (m,3H), 7.07 (d,J=7.7 Hz,lH), 7.15-7.30 (m,2H), 7.36 (dd,J= 1.6,7.7 Hz,2H). δ 7.79 (m,4H), 7.55-7.4 (m,7H), 4.28 (s,2H), 3.68 (s,3H), 3.37 (s,3H). δ 7.55 (m,2H), 7.45 (m,2H), 3.87 (s,3H), 3.40 (s,3H). δ 7.42 (m,3H), 7.3 (m, l H), 7.04 (m,3H), 6.96 (t, lH), 3.83 (s,3H), 3.38 (m,3H). δ 7.6 (m,lH), 7.4 (m,7H), 7.24 (m,4H), 6.86 (d, lH), 5.23 (s,2H), 5.08 (q,2H), 3.89 (s,3H), 3.37 (s,3H), 2.23 (s,3H). δ 7.6 (m, 1 H), 7.46 (m,2H), 7.24 (m,4H), 6.88 ( , 1 H), 5.08 (q,2H), 4.785 (q,2H), 3.92 (s,3H), 3.39 (s,3H), 2.48 (t,lH), 2.23 (s,3H). δ 7.6 (m, lH), 7.45 (m,2H), 7.23 (m,4H), 6.87 (m.lH), 5.09 (AB q,2H), 4.63 (s,2H), 3.91 (s,3H), 3.39 (s,3H), 2.28 (s,3H), 1.48 (s,9H). δ 8.16 (s,2H), 7.60 (m,2H), 7.51 (m,2H), 7.31 (m,lH), 3.84 (s,3H), 3.38 (s,3H). δ 7.61 (m,lH), 7.45 (m,2H), 7.23 (m,4H), 6.88 (m,lH), 5.075 (m,2H), 4.745 (s,2H), 3.915 (s,3H), 3.77 (s,3H), 3.39 (s,3H), 2.28 (s,3H). δ 7.37 (m,2H), 7.25 (m,3H), 7.1 1 (s,l H), 6.99 (m,2H), 5.46 (s.lH), 3.83 (s,3H), 3.79 (m,2H), 3.64 (m,2H), 3.38 (s,3H), 1.26 (t,3H). δ 9.9 (s,lH), 8.15 (s,2H), 8.0 (s,lH), 7.6 (m,2H), 7.5 (m,2H), 3.9 (s,3H), 3.4 (s,3H). δ 7.6-7.4 (m,4H), 3.84 (s,3H), 3.41 (s,3H). δ 8.06 (s,lH), 7.6-7.4 (m,6H), 3.82 (s,3H), 3.40 (s,3H). δ 7.88 (d,2H), 7.7-7.3 (m,6H), 3.81 (s,3H), 3.40 (s,3H). δ 7.36 (d,2H), 7.21 (m,3H), 7.08 (s, lH), 6.97 (d,2H), 5.61 (s, lH), 3.84 (s,3H), 3.38 (s,3H), 1.35 (s,18H). δ 7.55 (m,2H), 7.46 (m,2H), 3.84 (s,3H), 3.40 (s,3H), 2.18 (s,lH), 1.60 (s,6H). δ 7.55-7.40 (m,4H), 7.29 (m,3H), 7.25-7.20 (m,7H), 3.62 (s,3H), 3.39 (s,3H), 2.18 (s,3H). δ 7.52 (m,2H), 7.42 (m,4H), 7.22 (d,2H), 3.69 (s,3H), 3.38 (s,3H), 1.75 (s,6H). δ 7.79 (m,4H), 7.50-7.40 (m,7H), 3.62 (s,3H), 3.35 (s,3H), 1.88 (s,6H). δ 7.53 (m,2H), 7.46 (m,2H), 6.85 (m,2H), 6.65 (m,lH), 3.72 (s,3H), 3.38 (s,3H), 1.75 (s,6H). δ 7.80 (s,2H), 7.74 (s.lH), 7.50 (m,2H), 7.45 (m,2H), 3.71 (s,3H), 3.38 (s,3H), 1.83 (s,6H). δ 7.60 (s,lH), 7.51-7.41 (m,7H), 3.66 (s,3H), 3.38 (s,3H), 1.80 (s,6H). 91 δ 7.57 (m,2H), 7.48 (m,2H), 3.83 (s,3H), 3.40 (s,3H), 1.77 (s,6H). 92 δ 7.50-7.40 (m,4H), 7.30-7.20 (m,4H), 3.67 (s,3H), 3.38 (s,3H), 1.76 (s,6H). 93 δ 7.53 (m,2H), 7.45 (m,2H), 7.21 (m,lH), 6.89 (m,2H), 6.75 (d,lH), 3.77 (s,3H), 3.64 (s,3H), 3.38 (s,3H), 1.77 (s,6H). 94 δ 7.51 (m,2H), 7.45 (m,3H), 7.26 (m,3H), 3.68 (s,3H), 3.38 (s,3H), 1.76 (s,6H). 96 δ 7.6-7.3 (m,9H), 5.37 (s,2H), 3.79 (s,3H), 3.40 (s,3H). 97 δ 7.3-7.1 (m,4H), 3.98 (s,lH), 3.89 (s,3H), 3.41 (s,3H). 98 δ 8.09 (br s,lH), 7.62 (d,lH), 7.51 (m,2H), 7.22 (m,4H), 6.9 (d,IH), 5.08 (q,2H), 3.44 (s,3H), 2.25 (m,4H). 99 δ 7.6 (dd,lH), 7.45 (m,2H), 7.25 (m,3H), 7.19 (m,2H), 6.85 (dd,lH), 5.08 (AB q,2H), 3.92 (s,2H), 3.39 (s,3H), 2.24 (s,3H). 100 δ 7.49 (m,2H), 7.45 (m,2H), 7.15 (d,lH), 6.68 (d,lH), 3.80 (s,3H), 3.37 (s,3H), 1.75 (s,6H). 101 δ 7.42 (m,lH), 7.30 (m,2H), 3.82 (s,3H), 3.40 (s,3H), 2.29 (s,3H), 0.25 (s,9H). 102 δ 7.54 (m,2H), 7.46 (m,2H), 3.83 (s,3H), 3.39 (s,3H), 0.25 (s,9H). 103 δ 7.36 (m,2H), 7.22 (m,2H), 7.09 (s,lH), 6.98 (d,2H), 3.84 (s,3H), 3.39 (s,3H), 0.25 (s,9H). 106 δ 8.44 (s,lH), 7.43 (m, 2H), 7.22 (m,lH), 7.11 (m,lH), 6.86 (m,2H), 6.22 (d, IH), 5.43 (s,2H), 3.78 (s,3H), 3.33 (s,3H), 2.27 (s,3H). 107 δ 8.44 (s,lH), 7.39 (m, IH), 7.16 (m,5H), 6.24 (s, IH), 5.5 (s,2H), 3.78 (s,3H), 3.33 (s,3H), 2.27 (s,3H). 108 δ 8.45 (m,lH), 7.39 (m, 5H), 6.86 (m,2H), 6.26 (m, IH), 5.44 (s,2H), 3.77 (s,3H), 3.33 (s,3H). 109 δ 8.44 (s,lH), 7.32 (m, 7H), 6.27 (m, IH), 5.51 (s,2H), 3.77 (s,3H), 3.33 (s,3H). 110 δ 8.4 (d,lH), 7.35 (m, 8H), 6.2 (d, IH), 4.58 (t,2H), 3.77 (s,3H), 3.33 (s,3H), 3.2 (t,2H). 111 δ 8.4 (d,lH), 7.25 (m, 7H), 6.17 (d, IH), 4.57 (t,2H), 3.78 (s,3H), 3.34 (s,3H), 3.21 (t,2H), 2.27 (s,3H). 112 δ 8.43 (d,lH), 7.41 (m, 6H), 7.19 (d,2H), 6.24 (m, IH), 5.38 (s,2H), 3.76 (s,3H), 3.33 (s,3H), 2.36 (s,3H). 113 δ 8.43 (d,lH), 7.35 ( , 3H), 7.2 (m,3H), 7.09 (m.lH), 6.21 (d.lH), 5.37 (AB q,2H), 3.76 (s,3H), 3.33 (s,3H), 2.35 (s,3H), 2.27 (s,3H). 114 δ 8.42 (s,1H), 7.4 (m, 5H), 7.19 (m.lH), 6.89 (d,lH), 6.27 (s, 1H),4.76 (t,2H), 4.34 (t,2H), 3.79 (s,3H), 3.34 (s,3H). 1 15 δ 8.42 (d, l H), 7.38 (m, 4H), 7.17 (m, lH), 6.89 (d, l H), 6.24 (s, IH), 4.75 (t,2H), 4.33 (t,2H), 3.79 (s,3H), 3.34 (s,3H), 2.27 (s,3H). 1 16 δ 8.43 (s, l H), 7.87 (m,3H), 7.41 (m, 4H), 6.34 (AB q,2H), 3.78 (s,3H), 3.33 (s,3H). 1 18 δ 8.41 (s, l H), 7.4 (m, 8H), 6.19 (s, IH), 4.58 (t,2H), 3.77 (s,3H), 3.33 (s,3H), 3.13 (t,2H). 1 19 δ 8.4 (s. l H), 7.44 (m, 5H), 7.2 (d, lH), 7.09 (d, lH), 6.17 (s, IH), 4.57 (t,2H), 3.77 (s,3H), 3.33 (s,3H), 3.13 (t,2H), 2.27 S,3H). 120 δ 8.42 (d,lH), 8.14 (m,lH), 7.85 (d, lH), 7.77, (m.lH), 7.47 (m, 6H), 7.32 (m,2H), 6.2 (d, IH), 4.68 (m,2H), 3.76 (s,3H), 3.54 (t,2H), 3.33 (s,3H). 121 δ 8.42 (d, lH), 8.15 (d, lH), 7.85 (d,lH), 7.75, (m,lH), 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.38 (m,3H), 7.22 (m, lH), 7.09 (d,lH), 6.18 (s, IH), 4.68 (m,2H). 3.77 (s,3H), 3.54 (t,2H), 3.33 (s,3H), 2.27 (s,3H). 122 δ 8.7 (d,lH), 8.59 (m,lH), 8.44 (s,lH), 7.77, (m,lH), 7.41 (m, 5H), 6.27 (d, I H), 5.45 (s,2H), 3.78 (s,3H), 3.33 (s,3H). 123 δ 8.7 (s, lH), 8.59 (d,lH), 8.43 (d,lH), 7.77, (m,lH), 7.32 (m, 3H), 7.1 1 (m,lH), 6.24 (m, IH), 5.44 (s,2H), 3.78 (s,3H), 3.33 (s,3H), 2.27 (s,lH). 124 δ 8.4 (d, lH), 7.4 (m, 4H), 6.27 (d, IH), 4.52 (m,2H), 3.78 (s,3H), 3.72 (m,2H), 3.42 (s,3H), 3.33 (s,3H). 125 δ 8.4 (s. lH), 7.38 (t, IH), 7.2 (d,lH), 7.1 (d,lH), 6.22 (d, IH), 4.5 (m,2H), 3.78 (s,3H), 3.7 (m,2H), 3.42 (s,3H), 3.35 (s,3H), 2.27 (s,3H). 126 δ 8.45 (d,l H), 7.39 (m, 2H), 7.23 (m,4H), 7.1 1 (d,lH), 6.22 (d,lH), 5.41 (AB q,2H), 3.77 (s,3H), 3.33 (s,3H), 2.38 (s,3H), 2.27 (s,3H). 127 δ 8.59 (d, lH), 7.52 (m, IH), 7.38 (m,2H), 7.22 (m,3H), 7.09 (m,lH), 6.68 (d,lH), 4.57 (AB q,2H), 3.75 (s,3H), 3.32 (s,3H), 2.04 (s,3H). a l NMR data are in ppm downfield from tetramethylsilane. Couplings are designated by (s)-singlet, (d)-doublet, (t)-triplet, (q)-quartet, (m)-multiplet, (AB q)-AB quartet, (dd)-doublet of doublets, (br s)-broad singlet and (br m)-broad multiplet. BIOLOGICAL EXAMPLES OF THE INVENTION Test compounds were first dissolved in acetone in an amount equal to 3% of the final volume and then suspended at a concentration of 200 ppm in purified water containing 250 ppm of the surfactant Trem® 014 (polyhydric alcohol esters). The resulting test suspensions were then used in Tests A-F. Spraying these 200 ppm test suspensions to the point of run-off on the test plants is the equivalent of a rate of 500 g/ha. TEST A The test suspension was sprayed to the point of run-off on wheat seedlings. The following day the seedlings were inoculated with a spore dust of Erysiphe graminis f. sp. tritici, (the causal agent of wheat powdery mildew) and incubated in a growth chamber at 20°C for 7 days, after which disease ratings were made. TEST B The test suspension was sprayed to the point of run-off on wheat seedlings. The following day the seedlings were inoculated with a spore suspension of Puccinia recondita (the causal agent of wheat leaf rust) and incubated in a saturated atmosphere at 20°C for 24 h, and then moved to a growth chamber at 20°C for 6 days, after which disease ratings were made. TEST C The test suspension was sprayed to the point of run-off on rice seedlings. The following day the seedlings were inoculated with a spore suspension of Pyricularia oryzae (the causal agent of rice blast) and incubated in a saturated atmosphere at 27°C for 24 h, and then moved to a growth chamber at 30°C for 5 days, after which disease ratings were made. TEST D The test suspension was sprayed to the point of run-off on tomato seedlings. The following day the seedlings were inoculated with a spore suspension of Phytophthora infestans (the causal agent of potato and tomato late blight) and incubated in a saturated atmosphere at 20°C for 24 h, and then moved to a growth chamber at 20°C for 5 days, after which disease ratings were made. TEST E The test suspension was sprayed to the point of run-off on grape seedlings. The following day the seedlings were inoculated with a spore suspension of Plasmopara viticola (the causal agent of grape downy mildew) and incubated in a saturated atmosphere at 20°C for 24 h, moved to a growth chamber at 20°C for 6 days, and then incubated in a saturated atmosphere at 20°C for 24 h, after which disease ratings were made. TEST F The test suspension was sprayed to the point of run-off on cucumber seedlings. The following day the seedlings were inoculated with a spore suspension of Botrytis cinerea (the causal agent of gray mold on many crops) and incubated in a saturated atmosphere at 20°C for 48 h, and moved to a growth chamber at 20°C for 5 days, after which disease ratings were made. Results for Tests A-F are given in Table A. In the table, a rating of 100 indicates 100% disease control and a rating of 0 indicates no disease control (relative to the controls). A dash (-) indicates no test results. ND indicates disease control not determined due to phytotoxicity. Table A a Compound was tested at 10 ppm (equivalent to 25 g ha). b Compound was tested at 40 ppm (equivalent to 100 g/ha). c Compound was tested at 2 ppm (equivalent to 5 g/ha). d Compound was tested at 100 ppm (equivalent to 250 g/ha). e 20% burn on plant. f 100% burn on plant, g 50% burn on plant. TEST G Southern Corn Rootworm Test units, each consisting of a 230-mL (8-ounce) plastic cup containing a 6.5-cm 2 (1 -square-inch) plug of a wheatgerm diet, were prepared. Solutions of each of the test compounds in 75:25 acetone-distilled water solvent were sprayed into the tray and cup. Spraying was accomplished by passing the tray and cup on a conveyer belt directly beneath a flat fan hydraulic nozzle which discharged the spray at a rate of 0.138 kilograms of active ingredient per hectare (about 0.13 pounds per acre) at 207 kPa (30 p.s.i.). After the spray on the cups had dried, five second-instar larvae of the southern corn rootworm (Diabrotica undecimpunctata howardi) were placed into each cup. The cups were held at 27°C and 50% relative humidity for 48 hours, after which time mortality readings were taken. The same units were read again at 6-8 days for delayed toxicity. Of the compounds tested, the following gave control efficacy levels of 80% or greater: 44, 50, 54, 55, 56, 115 and 126. TEST H Contact Test Against Black Bean Aphid Individual nasturtium leaves were infested with 10 to 15 aphids (all morphs and growth stages of Aphis fabae) and sprayed with their undersides facing up as described in TEST G. The leaves were then set in 0.94-cm (3/8-inch) diameter vials containing 4 mL of sugar solution (approximately 1.4 g per liter) and covered with a clear plastic 29-mL (1 -ounce) cup to prevent escape of the aphids that drop from the leaves. The test units were held at 27°C and 50% relative humidity for 48 hours, after which time mortality readings were taken. Of the compounds tested, the following gave mortality levels of 80% or higher: 5. TEST I Two-Spotted Spider Mite Pieces of kidney bean leaves, each approximately 6.5 cm 2 (1 square inch) in area, that had been infested on the undersides with 25 to 30 adult mites (Tetranychus urticae), were sprayed with their undersides facing up on a hydraulic sprayer with a solution of the test compound in 75:25 acetone-distilled water solvent. Spraying was accomplished by passing the leaves, on a conveyor belt, directly beneath a flat fan hydraulic nozzle which discharged the spray at a rate of 0.138 kilograms of active ingredient per hectare (about 0.13 pounds per acre) at 207 kPa (30 p.s.i.). The leaf squares were then placed underside-up on a square of wet cotton in a petri dish and the perimeter of the leaf square was tamped down onto the cotton with forceps so that the mites could not escape onto the untreated leaf surface. The test units were held at 27°C and 50% relative humidity for 48 hours, after which time mortality readings were taken. Of the compounds tested, the following gave mortality levels of 80% or higher: 12, 13, 45, 54, 86, 88, 89, 90, 111, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119 and 126. The same units were held an additional 5 days and read for larvicide/ovicide mortality and/or developmental effects. Of the compounds tested, the following gave activity levels of 80% or higher: 63. TEST J Contact Activity Against Green Leafhopper Nvmphs Three rice (Oryza sativά) seedlings at the 1.5-leaf stage and about 10-cm tall were transplanted into a 14-mL (1/2-ounce) plastic cup containing Kumiai Brown artificial soil. Seven milliliters of distilled water was then added to the cup. The test chemical was prepared by first dissolving the chemical in acetone and then adding water to produce a final test concentration of 75:25 (acetone- water). Four plastic cups, each cup serving as a replicate, were then placed on a spray chamber turntable. The cups were sprayed for 45 seconds with 50 mL of the chemical solution at a pressure of 2.0 kg/cm 2 with air-atomizing spray nozzles. The turntable completed 7.5 rotations during the 45-second spray interval. After chemical application, the treated cups were held in a vented enclosure to dry for about 2 h. After drying, the cups were placed into conical-shaped test units and the surface of the soil covered with 2 to 3 mm of quartz sand. Eight to ten 3rd-instar nymphs of the green leafhopper (Nephotettix cincticeps) were transferred into the test units using an aspirator. The test units were held at 27°C and 65% relative humidity. Counts of the number of live and dead nymphs were taken at 24 and 48 h post-infestation. Insects unable to walk were classified as dead. Of the compounds tested, the following gave mortality levels of 80% or higher at 48 h at an application rate equivalent to 0.05 kilograms per hectare: 12 and 54. TEST K Larval two-Spotted Spider Mites (Tetranychus urticae) Solutions of the test compounds were prepared by dissolving in a minimum of acetone and then adding water containing a wetting agent until the concentration of the compound was 50 ppm. Two-week old red kidney bean plants infested with two-spotted spider mites eggs were sprayed to run-off (equivalent to 28 g/ha) with the test solution using a turntable sprayer. Plants were held in a chamber at 25°C and 50% relative humidity. Of the compounds tested, the following gave larvicide/ovicide activity of 80% or higher seven days after spraying: 54 and 89.

Claims: CLAIMS What is claimed is: 1. A compound selected from Formula I, N-oxides and agriculturally suitable salts thereof, I wherein E is selected from: i) 1,2-phenylene optionally substituted with one of R 3 , R 4 , or both R 3 and R 4 ; ii) a naphthalene ring, provided that when G and Y are attached to the same ring, then G and Y are attached to adjacent ring members, the naphthalene ring optionally substituted with one of R 3 , R 4 , or both R 3 and R 4 ; and iii) a ring system selected from 5 to 12-membered monocyclic and fused bicyclic aromatic heterocyclic ring systems, each heterocyclic ring system containing 1 to 6 heteroatoms independently selected from the group nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, provided that each heterocyclic ring system contains no more than 4 nitrogens, no more than 2 oxygens, and no more than 2 sulfurs, each fused bicyclic ring system optionally containing one nonaromatic ring that optionally includes one or two Q as ring members and optionally includes one or two ring members independently selected from C(=O) and S(O) 2 , provided that G is attached to an aromatic ring, and when G and Y are attached to the same ring, then G and Y are attached to adjacent ring members, each aromatic heterocyclic ring system optionally substituted with one of R 3 , R 4 , or both R 3 and R 4 ; A is O; S; Ν; ΝR 5 ; or CR> 4 ; G is C or Ν; provided that when G is C, then A is O, S or ΝR 5 and the floating double bond is attached to G; and when G is Ν, then A is Ν or CR 14 and the floating double bond is attached to A; W is O; S; ΝH; Ν(C r C 6 alkyl); or NO(C,-C 6 alkyl); X is OR'; S O^R 1 ; or halogen; R 1 is C C 6 alkyl; C,-C 6 haloalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; C -C 6 haloalkynyl; C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; C 2 -C 4 alkylcarbonyl; or C 2 -C 4 alkoxycarbonyl; R 2 is H; C r C 6 alkyl; C r C 6 haloalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; C2-Cg haloalkynyl; C 3 -Cg cycloalkyl; C2-C 4 alkylcarbonyl; C2-C4 alkoxycarbonyl; hydroxy; C1-C2 alkoxy; or acetyloxy; R 3 and R 4 are each independently halogen; cyano; nitro; hydroxy; C Cg alkyl; C,-C 6 haloalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkynyl; Cj-Cg alkoxy; Cj-C 6 haloalkoxy; C 2 -C 6 alkenyloxy; C2-C 6 alkynyloxy; C , -C 6 alkylthio; C , -C 6 alkylsulfinyl; C] -C 6 alkylsulfonyl; formyl; C2- alkylcarbonyl; C 2 -C 6 alkoxycarbonyl; NH 2 C(O); (C,-C 4 alkyl)NHC(O); (C,-C 4 alkyl) 2 NC(O); Si(R25) 3 ; Ge(R25) 3 ; (R 25 ) 3 Si-C≡C-; or phenyl, phenylethynyl, benzoyl or phenylsulfonyl, each substituted with R 8 and optionally substituted with one or more R 10 ; or when E is 1,2-phenylene and R 3 and R 4 are attached to adjacent atoms, R 3 and R 4 can be taken together as C 3 -C5 alkylene, C 3 -C 5 haloalkylene, C 3 -C 5 alkenylene or C 3 -C5 haloalkenylene, each optionally substituted with 1-2 C,-C 3 alkyl; R 5 is H; C r C 6 alkyl; C,-C 6 haloalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; C2-C 6 haloalkynyl; C 3 -C $ cycloalkyl; C2-C 4 alkylcarbonyl; or C2-C4 alkoxycarbonyl; Y is -O-; -S(O) n -; -NR15-; -C(=O)-; -CH(ORl5)- ; -CHR<>-; -CHR^CHR 6 -; -CR6=CR 6 -; -C≡C-; -CHR^O-; -OCHRI 5 -; -CHRl 5 S(O) n -; -SCO^CHR^.; -CHR , 5 O-N=C(R 7 )-; -(R^C^N-OCHOt 1 *)-; -C(R 7 )=N-O-; -CHR 15 OC(=O)O-; -CHR 15 OC(=S)O-; -CHRl5θC(=O)S-; -CHR 1 5SC(=O)O-; -CHR«5SC(=S)O-; -CHR15SC(=0)S-; -CHR15SC(=S)S-; -CHR15SC(=NR15)S-; -CHRl5N(R 15 )C(=O)N(Rl5)- ; -CHRl5O-N(R 1 5)C(=O)N(Rl5)- ; -CHRl5O-N(R 15 )C(=S)N(Rl 5 )-; -CHR I 5O-N=C(R7)NRi5.; .CHR 15 O-N=C(R 7 )OCH 2 -; -CHR 15 O-N * =C(R 7 )-N=N-; -CHRl5θ-N=C(R7)-C(=O)-; -CHR 15 O-N=C(R 7 )-C(=N-A 2 -Z !)-A l -; -CHR 15 O-N=C(R 7 )-C(R 7 )=N-A -A -; -CHRl5o-N * =C(-C(R 7 )=N-A 2 -Z 1 )-; -CHR l5 O-N=C(R 7 )-CH 2 O-; -CHR 15 O-N=C(R 7 )-CH 2 S-; -O-CH 2 CH 2 O-N=C(R 7 )-; -CHR l5 O-C(R 15 )=C(R 7 )-; -CHRl5O-C(R 7 )=N-; -CHR 15 S-C(R 7 )=N-; -C(R 7 )=N-NR 1 5-; -CH=N-N=C(R 7 )-; -CHR 15 N(R 15 )-N=C(R )-; -CHR 15 N(COCH 3 )-N=C(R 7 )-; -OC(=S)NR i5 C(=O)-; -CHR 6 -C(=W l )-A 1 -; -CHR 6 CHR 6 -C( * =W l )-A l -; -CR6=CR6-C(=Wl)-A'-; -CsC-C(=W l )-A»-; -N=CR 6 -C(=W»)-A 1 -; or a direct bond; and the directionality of the Y linkage is defined such that the moiety depicted on the left side of the linkage is bonded to E and the moiety on the right side of the linkage is bonded to Z; Z l is H or -A 3 -Z 2 ; W i is O or S; A 1 is O; S; NR 15 ; or a direct bond; A 2 is O; NR 15 ; or a direct bond; A 3 is -C(=O)-; -S(O) 2 -; or a direct bond; Z 2 is selected from: i) Cj-Cio alkyl, C 2 -Cι 0 alkenyl and C 2 -C l0 alkynyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R 10 ; ii) C 3 -Cg cycloalkyl, C 3 -Cg cycloalkenyl and phenyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R 10 ; iii) a ring system selected from 3 to 14-membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic and fused tricyclic nonaromatic heterocyclic ring systems and 5 to 14-membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic and fused tricyclic aromatic heterocyclic ring systems, each heterocyclic ring system containing 1 to 6 heteroatoms independently selected from the group nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, provided that each heterocyclic ring system contains no more than 4 nitrogens, no more than 2 oxygens, and no more than 2 sulfurs, each nonaromatic or aromatic heterocyclic ring system optionally substituted with one or more R 10 ; iv) a multicyclic ring system selected from 8 to 14-membered fused-bicyclic and fused-tricyclic ring systems which are an aromatic carbocyclic ring system, a nonaromatic carbocyclic ring system, or a ring system containing one or two nonaromatic rings that each include one or two Q as ring members and one or two ring members independently selected from C(=O) and S(O)2, and any remaining rings as aromatic carbocyclic rings, each multicyclic ring system optionally substituted with one or more R 10 ; and v) adamantyl optionally substituted with one or more R 10 ; each R 6 is independently H; 1-2 CH 3 ; C 2 -C 3 alkyl; C r C 3 alkoxy; C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; formylamino; C 2 -C 4 alkylcarbonylamino; C 2 -C alkoxycarbonylamino; NH 2 C(O)NH; (C r C 3 alkyl)NHC(O)NH; (C,-C 3 alkyl) 2 NC(O)NH; N(C r C 3 alkyl) 2 ; piperidinyl; morpholinyl; 1-2 halogen; cyano; or nitro; each R 7 is independently H; Cι-C 6 alkyl; C r C 6 haloalkyl; C r C 6 alkoxy; C r C 6 haloalkoxy; C r alkylthio; C Cg alkylsulfinyl; Cj-C $ alkylsulfonyl; C C haloalkylthio; C r C 6 haloalkylsulfinyl; C C $ haloalkylsulfonyl; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C -C 6 haloalkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkynyl; C 3 -Cg cycloalkyl; C 2 -C alkylcarbonyl; C 2 -C 4 alkoxycarbonyl; halogen; cyano; nitro; hydroxy; amino; NH(Cj- alkyl); N(C r C 6 alkyl) 2 ; or morpholinyl; Z is selected from: i) C 3 -Cg cycloalkyl, C 3 -Cg cycloalkenyl and phenyl, each substituted with R 9 and optionally substituted with one or more R 10 ; ii) a ring system selected from 3 to 14-membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic and fused tricyclic nonaromatic heterocyclic ring systems and 5 to 14-membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic and fused tricyclic aromatic heterocyclic ring systems, each heterocyclic ring system containing 1 to 6 heteroatoms independently selected from the group nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, provided that each heterocyclic ring system contains no more than 4 nitrogens, no more than 2 oxygens, and no more than 2 sulfurs, each nonaromatic or aromatic heterocyclic ring system substituted with R 9 and optionally substituted with one or more R 10 ; iii) a multicyclic ring system selected from 8 to 14-membered fused-bicyclic and fused-tricyclic ring systems which are an aromatic carbocyclic ring system, a nonaromatic carbocyclic ring system, or a πng system containing one or two nonaromatic rings that each include one or two Q as ring members and one or two ring members independently selected from C(=O) and S(O) 2 , and any remaining rings as aromatic carbocyclic rings, each multicyclic ring system substituted with R 9 and optionally substituted with one or more R 10 ; and iv) adamantyl substituted with R 9 and optionally substituted with one or more R 10 ; each Q is independently selected from the group -CHR 13 -, -NR 13 -, -O- and -S(O) p - ; R* is H; 1-2 halogen; C r C 6 alkyl; C,-C 6 haloalkyl; C r C 6 alkoxy; C C 6 haloalkoxy; C2-C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -Cg haloalkenyl; C 2 -Cg alkynyl; Cj-Cg alkylthio; Cj-C 6 haloalkylthio; Cj-Cg alkylsulfinyl; C r C 6 alkylsulfonyl; C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; C 3 -C 6 alkenyloxy; CO 2 (C,-C 6 alkyl); NH(C,-C 6 alkyl); N(C r C 6 alkyl) 2 ; cyano; nitro; SiR 19 R 20 R 21 ; or GeR 19 R2 0 R 2 l ; R 9 is C r C 6 alkyl substituted with 2-3 C r C 3 alkoxy; C 2 -C 4 alkynyl substituted with one hydroxy or 1-3 C j -C 4 alkoxy; C 2 -C 6 haloalkynyl; C 3 -Cg cycloalkyl substituted with at least one member selected from 1-4 halogen, 1-2 C C 3 alkyl, 1-2 C r C 3 alkoxy and one Z 3 ; C 3 -Cg cycloalkenyl or C 3 -C 6 cycloalkoxy each optionally substituted with at least one member selected from 1-2 halogen, 1-2 C r C 3 alkyl, 1-2 C r C 3 alkoxy and one Z 3 ; adamantyl; C 2 -C 6 alkoxyalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkylthioalkyl; C 2 -Cg cyanoalkyl; C 3 -C 6 alkoxyalkynyl; C 7 -C-o tetrahydropyranyloxyalkynyl; C r C 3 alkoxy substituted with cyano, C(=O)OR 26 or C(=O)N(R 26 ) 2 ; C 3 -C 6 haloalkenyloxy; C 3 -C 6 alkynyloxy; C 3 -Cg haloalkynyloxy; C 2 -C6 alkoxyalkoxy; C 5 -C 9 trialkylsilylalkoxyalkoxy; C -C 6 alkylthioalkoxy; C , -C 3 alkylthio substituted with cyano, C(=O)OR 26 or C(=O)N(R 26 ) 2 ; C C 6 haloalkylsulfinyl; C,-C 6 haloalkylsulfonyl; C 3 -C 6 alkenylthio; C 3 -C 6 haloalkenylthio; C 3 -C 6 alkynylthio; C 3 -Cg haloalkynylthio; C 2 -C 6 alkoxyalkylthio; C 2 -Cg alkylthioalkylthio; thiocyanato; hydroxy; mercapto; amino; N(R < (R 2 8); SiR 2 R 2 R 24 ; GeR 2 R 3 R 24 ; (R 5) 3 Si-C≡C-; OSi(R 5 ) 3 ; OGe(R 2 5) 3 ; C(=O)R 29 ; C(=S)R 26 ; C(=O)OR 30 ; C(=S)OR ( 3; C(=O)SR 26 ; C(=S)SR 26 ; C(=O)N(R 26 ) 2 ; C(=S)N(R 2 <>) 2 ; C(=NR 2 6)OR 27 ; OC(=O)R 26 ; OC(=S)R 26 ; SC(=O)R 26 ; SC(=S)R 26 ; N(R 6 )C(=O)R26 ; N(R 26 )C(=S)R 26 ; OC(=O)OR 27 ; OC(=O)SR 27 ; OC(=O)N(R 2 6) 2 ; SC(=O)OR 27 ; SC(=O)SR 27 ; S^OR 26 ; S(O) 2 N(R 26 ) 2 ; OS(O) 2 R 27 ; or N(R 26 )S(O)2R 27 ; or R 9 is benzyloxy, benzyloxymethyl, phenylethynyl, phenoxymethyl, phenylthio, phenylsulfonyl, benzylthio, pyridinylmethyl, pyridinylmethyloxy, pyridinyloxymethyl, pyridinylethynyl, pyridinylthio, thienylmethyl, thienyl thio, furanylmethyl, furanyloxy, furanylthio, pyrimidinylmethyl or pyrimidinylthio, each optionally substituted on the aromatic ring with one of R 1 1, R 12 , or both R l • and R 12 ; or R 9 is C 2 -C 6 alkyl or C -C6 alkoxy substituted with 1-2 phenyl, naphthalenyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, thienyl or furanyl, each aromatic ring optionally substituted with one of R 1 *, R 12 , or both R 1 1 and R 12 ; or R 9 is -A 4 -Z 4 ; each R 10 is independently halogen; C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 C,-C 3 alkoxy; C C 4 haloalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkynyl; C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkoxyalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkylthioalkyl; C 2 -C 6 cyanoalkyl; C 3 -C 6 alkoxyalkynyl; C 7 -C ] 0 tetrahydropyranyloxyalkynyl; benzyloxymethyl; Cι-C alkoxy; C j -C 4 haloalkoxy; C 3 -C $ alkenyloxy; C 3 -C 6 haloalkenyloxy; C 3 -C 6 alkynyloxy; C 3 -C 6 haloalkynyloxy; C 3 -C 6 cycloalkoxy; C 2 -C 6 alkoxyalkoxy; C 5 -C 9 trialkylsilylalkoxyalkoxy; C -C 6 alkylthioalkoxy; C r C alkylthio; C r C haloalkylthio; C,-C 4 alkylsulfinyl; C r C 4 haloalkylsulfinyl; C,-C 4 alkylsulfonyl; C ] -C 4 haloalkylsulfonyl; C 3 -C 6 alkenylthio; C 3 -C 6 haloalkenylthio; C 3 -C 6 alkynylthio; C 3 -C $ haloalkynylthio; C 2 -C 6 alkoxyalkylthio; C 2 -C<5 alkylthioalkylthio; nitro; cyano; thiocyanato; hydroxy; mercapto; N(R 2 < 2 ; SF 5 ; Si(R 5) 3 ; Ge(R 2 5) 3 ; (R 5) 3 Si-C=C-; OSi(R 5) 3 ; OGe(R 5) 3 ; -C(R 18 )=NOR 17 ; C(=O)R 2 <>; C(=S)R 2 6; C(=O)OR 26 ; C(=S)OR 2 6; C(-=O)SR 2 6; C(=S)SR 26 ; C(=O)N(R 2 6) 2 ; C(=S)N(R 26 ) 2 ; C(=NR 2 6)OR 27 ; OC(=O)R 26 ; OC(=S)R 26 ; SC(=O)R 2 6 ; SC(=S)R 26 ; N(R 2 6)C(=O)R 6; N(R 2 6)C(=S)R 26 ; OC(=O)OR 27 ; OC(=O)SR 27 ; OC(=O)N(R 6) 2 ; SC(=O)OR 27 ; SC(=O)SR 27 ; S(O) 2 OR < S(O) 2 N(R 26 ) 2 ; OS(O) 2 R 27 ; N(R 26 )S(O) 2 R 27 ; or phenyl, benzyl or phenoxy, each optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with one of R 1 1 , R 12 , or both R 1 1 and R 12 ; or when Y and an R 10 are attached to adjacent atoms on Z and Y is -CHR 15 O-N=C(R 7 )-, -O-N=C(R 7 )-, -O-CH 2 CH 2 O-N=C(R 7 )-, -CHR 15 O-C(R 1 5)=C(R 7 )-, -CH=N-N=C(R 7 )-, -CHR 15 N(Rl5)-N=C(R 7 )- or -CHR 15 N(COCH 3 )-N=C(R 7 )-, R 7 and said adjacently attached R 10 can be taken together as -(CH 2 )r-J- such that J is attached to Z; J is -CH 2 -; -CH 2 CH 2 -; -OCH 2 -; -CH 2 O-; -SCH 2 -; -CH 2 S-; -N(R 1 -5)CH 2 -; or -CH 2 N(R 16 )-; each CH 2 group of said J optionally substituted with 1 to 2 CH 3 ; Z 3 is phenyl, naphthalenyl, l//-pyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, lH-pyrazolyl, lH-imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiazolyl, lH-l,2,3-triazolyl, 2H-l,2,3-triazolyl, lH-l,2,4-triazolyl, 4H-l,2,4-triazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1 ,2,5-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, lH-tetrazolyl, 2H-tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl or 1,2,4,5-tetrazinyl, each optionally substituted with one of R 1 1, R 12 , or both R 1 1 and R 12 ; A 4 is O; S; straight-chain or branched C j -C 6 alkylene; or a direct bond; Z 4 is selected from: i) lH-pyrrolyl, lH-pyrazolyl, lH-imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiazolyl, lH-l,2,3-triazolyl, 2H-l,2,3-triazolyl, lH-l,2,4-triazolyl, 4H-l,2,4-triazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, lH-tetrazolyl, 2H-tetrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl and 1,2,4,5-tetrazinyl; each optionally substituted with one of R 1 1 , R 12 , or both R 1 ' and R 12 ; ii) a ring system selected from 3 to 14-membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic and fused tricyclic nonaromatic heterocyclic ring systems and 8 to 14-membered fused bicyclic and fused tricyclic aromatic heterocyclic ring systems, each heterocyclic ring system containing 1 to 6 heteroatoms independently selected from the group nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, provided that each heterocyclic ring system contains no more than 4 nitrogens, no more than 2 oxygens, and no more than 2 sulfurs, each nonaromatic or aromatic heterocyclic ring system optionally substituted with one of R 11 , R 12 , or both R 11 and R 12 ; and iii) a multicyclic ring system selected from 8 to 14-membered fused-bicyclic and fused-tricyclic ring systems which are an aromatic carbocyclic ring system, a nonaromatic carbocyclic ring system, or a ring system containing one or two nonaromatic rings that each include one or two Q as ring members and one or two ring members independently selected from C(=O) and S(O)2, and any remaining rings as aromatic carbocyclic rings, each multicyclic ring system optionally substituted with one of R 1 ', R 12 , or both R^ and R 12 ; each R 11 and each R 12 are independently 1-2 halogen; C1-C 4 alkyl; Cj-C 4 haloalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkynyl; C 2 -C 6 alkoxyalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkylthioalkyl; C 3 -C 6 alkoxyalkynyl; C 7 -C 10 tetrahydropyranyloxyalkynyl; benzyloxymethyl; C 1 -C 4 alkoxy; Cj-C 4 haloalkoxy; C 3 -Cg alkenyloxy; C 3 -Cg haloalkenyloxy; C 3 -C,5 alkynyloxy; C 3 -Cg haloalkynyloxy; C 2 -C $ alkoxyalkoxy; C 5 -C 9 trialkylsilylalkoxyalkoxy; C2- alkylthioalkoxy; Cj-C 4 alkylthio; C r C 4 haloalkylthio; C r C 4 alkylsulfinyl; C r C 4 haloalkylsulfinyl; C j -C 4 alkylsulfonyl; C r C 4 haloalkylsulfonyl; C 3 -C 6 alkenylthio; C 3 -C 6 haloalkenylthio; C 2 -C $ alkylthioalkylthio; nitro; cyano; thiocyanato; hydroxy; mercapto; N(R *5) 2 ; SF 5 ; Si(R 5 ) 3 ; Ge(R 25 ) 3 ; (R 25 ) 3 Si-C≡C-; OSi(R 25 ) 3 ; OGe(R 5) 3 ; C(=O)R 26 ; C(=S)R 26 ; C(=O)OR 26 ; C(=S)OR 6; C(=O)SR 26 ; C(=S)SR 2 6; C(=O)N(R 6) 2 ; C(=S)N(R 6 ) 2 ; OC(=O)R 2 6; OC(=S)R 2( 5; SC(=O)R 26 ; SC(=S)R 26 ; N(R 26 )C(=O)R 26 ; N(R 6)C(=S)R 6; OC(=O)OR 27 ; OC(=O)SR 27 ; OC(=O)N(R 6 ) 2 ; SC(=O)OR 27 ; SC(=O)SR 27 ; S(O) 2 OR 26 ; S(O) 2 N(R 6 ) 2 ; OS(O) 2 R 27 ; N(R 2 * 5 )S(O) 2 R 27 ; or phenyl, phenoxy, benzyl, benzyloxy, phenylsulfonyl, phenylethynyl or pyridinylethynyl, each optionally substituted on the aromatic ring with 1-2 groups independently selected from halogen, C • -C 4 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 haloalkyl, C]-C 4 alkoxy, Cj-C haloalkoxy, nitro and cyano; each R 13 is independently H; C--C 6 alkyl; Cj-C 6 haloalkyl; or phenyl optionally substituted with halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, CJ-C4 haloalkyl, C]-C 4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, nitro or cyano; R 14 is H; halogen; C,-C 6 alkyl; C r C 6 haloalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; C 2 -Cg haloalkynyl; or C 3 -C cycloalkyl; each R 15 is independently H; C C 3 alkyl; C 3 -Cg cycloalkyl; or phenyl or benzyl, each optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C r C4 haloalkyl, C ] -C 4 alkoxy, C j -C 4 haloalkoxy, nitro or cyano; or when Y is -CHR 15 N(R 1 5)C(=O)N(R 15 )-, the two R 15 attached to nitrogen atoms on said group can be taken together as -(CH 2 ) S -; or when Y is -CHR 15 O-N=C(R 7 )NR 15 -, R 7 and the adjacently attached R 15 can be taken together as -CH 2 -(CH 2 ) S -; -O-(CH 2 ) s -; -S-(CH 2 ) S -; or -N(Ci-C 3 alkyl)-(CH 2 ) s -; with the directionality of said linkage defined such that the moiety depicted on the left side of the linkage is bonded to the carbon and the moiety on the right side of the linkage is bonded to the nitrogen; R 16 , R 17 , and R 18 are each independently H; C C 3 alkyl; C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; or phenyl optionally substituted with halogen, C j -C 4 alkyl, C • -C 4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, Cj-C haloalkoxy, nitro or cyano; R 19 , R 2 0, R21, R22 5 and R 23 ^ each independently C r C 6 alkyl; C,-C 4 haloalkyl; C 2 -Cg alkenyl; CJ-C4 alkoxy; or phenyl; R 24 is C,-C 4 haloalkyl; each R 25 is independently C r C 4 alkyl; C ] -C haloalkyl; C 2 -C alkenyl; C r C 4 alkoxy; or phenyl; each R 26 is independently H; C r C 6 alkyl; C C 6 haloalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkenyl; C -Cg alkynyl; C 2 -Cg haloalkynyl; C 3 -Cg cycloalkyl; or phenyl or benzyl, each optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with 1-2 groups independently selected from halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C]-C 4 haloalkoxy, nitro and cyano; each R 27 is independently C C 6 alkyl; C r C 6 haloalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkynyl; C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; or phenyl or benzyl, each optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with 1-2 groups independently selected from halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C C 4 alkoxy, C C 4 haloalkoxy, nitro and cyano; each R 28 is independently C j -C 6 haloalkyl; C -Cg alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkynyl; C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; or phenyl or benzyl, each optionally substituted on the phenyl ring wid 1-2 groups independently selected from halogen, C1-C 4 alkyl, C r C 4 haloalkyl, C C 4 alkoxy, C ] -C 4 haloalkoxy, nitro and cyano; R29 is H; C,-C 6 alkyl; C,-C 6 haloalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkynyl; C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; or benzyl optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with 1-2 groups independently selected from halogen, C r C 4 alkyl, C r C 4 haloalkyl, Cj-C alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, nitro and cyano; R 3(3 is H; C r C 6 haloalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 haloalkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; C 2 -Cg haloalkynyl; C 3 -C6 cycloalkyl; or phenyl or benzyl, each optionally substituted on the phenyl ring with 1-2 groups independently selected from halogen, C C alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C--C 4 haloalkoxy, nitro and cyano; m, n and p are each independently 0, 1 or 2; r is 0 or 1 ; and s is 2 or 3; provided that when Y is -CHCOR 1 - 5 )-, -CHR 6 -, -CHR 6 CHR6-, -CR6=CR 6 -, -CsC-, -CHR-5O-, -OCHR 15 -, -S(O) n CHR 15 -, -(R 7 )C=N-OCH(R 15 )-, -CHR 15 O-N=C(R 7 )-CH 2 O-, -CHR 15 O-C(R 15 )=C(R 7 )-, -CHR 6 -C(=W')-A 1 -, -CHR 6 CHR 6 -C(=W 1 )-A 1 -, -CR6=CR 6 -C(=W 1 )-A 1 - or -CsC-C(=W 1 )-A • -, then Z is other than phenyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyridinyl and pyrimidinyl. 2. A compound of Claim 1 wherein: E is selected from the group 1,2-phenylene; 1,5-, 1,6-, 1,7-, 1,8-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 1,2-, and 2,3-naphthalenediyl; lH-pyrrole-1,2-, 2,3- and 3,4-diyl; 2,3- and 3,4-furandiyl; 2,3- and 3,4-thiophenediyl; lH-pyrazole-1,5-, 3,4- and 4,5-diyl; 1 /-imidazole- 1,2-, 4,5- and 1,5-diyl; 3,4- and 4,5-isoxazolediyl; 4,5-oxazolediyl; 3,4- and 4,5-isothiazolediyl; 4,5-thiazolediyl; lH-l,2,3-triazole-l,5- and 4,5-diyl; 2H-l,2,3-triazole-4,5-diyl; 1 H- 1 ,2,4-triazole- 1 ,5-diyl ; 4H- 1 ,2,4-triazole-3 ,4-diyl; l,2,3-oxadiazole-4,5-diyl; l,2,5-oxadiazole-3 ,4-diyl; 1 ,2,3-thiadiazole-4,5-diyl; 1 ,2,5-thiadiazole-3 ,4-diyl; lH-tetrazole- 1 ,5-diyl; 2,3- and 3,4-pyridinediyl; 3,4- and 4,5-pyridazinediyl; 4,5-pyrimidinediyl; 2,3-pyrazinediyl; l,2,3-triazine-4,5-diyl; l,2,4-triazine-5,6-diyl; lH-indole-1,4-, 1,5-, 1,6-, 1,7-, 2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 3,4-, 3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 1,2-, 2,3-, 4,5-, 5,6- and 6,7-diyl; 2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 3,4-, 3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 2,3-, 4,5-, 5,6- and 6,7-benzofurandiyl; benzo[6]thiophene-2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 3,4-, 3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 2,3-, 4,5-, 5,6- and 6,7-diyl; l /-indazole-l,4-, 1,5-, 1,6-, 1,7-, 3,4-, 3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 4,5-, 5,6- and 6,7-diyl; lH-benzimidazole-1,4-, 1,5-, 1,6-, 1,7-, 2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 4,5-, 5,6- and 6,7-diyl; l,2-benzisoxazole-3,4-, 3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 4,5-, 5,6- and 6,7-diyl; 2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 4,5-, 5,6- and 6,7-benzoxazolediyl; l,2-benzisothiazole-3,4-, 3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 4,5-, 5,6- and 6,7-diyl; 2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 4,5-, 5,6- and 6,7-benzothiazolediyl; 2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 2,8-, 3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 3,8-, 4,5-, 4,6-, 4,7-, 4,8-, 2,3-, 3,4-, 5,6-, 6,7- and 7,8-quinolinediyl; 1,5-, 1,6-, 1,7-, 1,8-, 3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 3,8-, 4,5-, 4,6-, 4,7-, 4,8-, 3,4-, 5,6-, 6,7- and 7,8-isoquinolinediyl; 3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 3,8-, 4,5-, 4,6-, 4,7-, 4,8-, 3,4-, 5,6-, 6,7- and 7,8-cinnolinediyl; 1,5-, 1,6-, 1,7-, 1,8-, 5,6-, 6,7- and 7,8-phthalazinediyl; 2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 2,8-, 4,5-, 4,6-, 4,7-, 4,8-, 5,6-, 6,7- and 7,8-quinazolinediyl; 2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 2,8-, 2,3-, 5,6-, 6,7- and 7,8-quinoxalinediyl; l,8,-naphthyridine-2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 3,5-, 3,6-, 4,5-, 2,3- and 3,4-diyl; 2,6-, 2,7-, 4,6-, 4,7-, 6,7-pteridinediyl; pyrazolo[5,l- j]thiazole-2,6-, 2,7-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 2,3- and 6,7-diyl; thiazolo[2,3-c]-l,2,4-triazole-2,5-, 2,6-, 5,6-diyl; 2-oxo-l,3-benzodioxole-4,5- and 5,6-diyl; l,3-dioxo-lH-isoindole-2,4-, 2,5-, 4,5- and 5,6-diyl; 2-oxo-2H-l-benzopyran-3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 3,8-, 4,5-, 4,6-, 4,7-, 4,8-, 5,6-, 6,7- and 7,8-diyl; [l,2,4]triazolo[l,5-α]pyridine-2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 2,8-, 5,6-, 6,7- and 7,8-diyl; 3,4-dihydro-2,4-dioxo-2/ -l ,3-benzoxazine-3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 3,8-, 5,6-, 6,7- and 7,8-diyl; 2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-3,4-, 3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 4,5-, 5,6- and 6,7-benzofurandiyl; thieno[3,2-t/)thiazole-2,5-, 2,6-, and 5,6-diyl; 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 2,8-, 3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 3,8-, 4,5-, 4,6-, 4,7-, 4,8-, 2,3- and 3,4-quinolinediyl; 2,3-dihydro- 1 , 1 ,3-trioxo- 1 ,2-benzisothiazole-2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 4,5-, 5,6- and 6,7-diyl; l,3-benzodioxole-2,4-, 2,5-, 4,5- and 5,6-diyl; 2,3-dihydro-2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 3,4-, 3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 4,5-, 5,6- and 6,7-benzofurandiyl; 2 -dihydro-l,4-benzodioxin-2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 2,8-, 5,6- and 6,7-diyl; and 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4H-cyclohepta[-J]thiophene-2,4-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 2,7-, 2,8-, 3,4-, 3,5-, 3,6-, 3,7-, 3,8-, and 2,3-diyl; each aromatic ring system optionally substituted with one of R 3 , R 4 , or both R 3 and R 4 ; W is O; R 1 is C r C 3 alkyl or C r C 3 haloalkyl; R 2 is Η; C C 6 alkyl; C,-C 6 haloalkyl; or C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; R 3 and R 4 are each independently halogen; cyano; nitro; Cj-C 6 alkyl; C C 6 haloalkyl; C r C 6 alkoxy; C r C 6 haloalkoxy; C r C 6 alkylthio; C r C 6 alkylsulfonyl; C 2 -C 6 alkylcarbonyl; C 2 -C 6 alkoxycarbonyl; (C r C 4 alkyl)NΗC(O); (C r C 4 alkyl) 2 NC(O); benzoyl; or phenylsulfonyl; Y is -O-; -S(O) n -; -NR 1 -; -C(=O)-; -C^OR 1 *)-; -CH 2 -; -CH 2 CH 2 -; -CH=CH-; -C≡C-; -CH 2 O-; -OCH 2 -; -CH 2 S(O) n -; -S(O) n CH 2 -; -CH 2 O-N=C(R 7 )-; or a direct bond; R 7 is H; C r C 6 alkyl; C r C 6 haloalkyl; C r C 6 alkoxy; C,-C 6 alkylthio; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; halogen; or cyano; or when Y and an R 10 are attached to adjacent atoms on Z and Y is -CH 2 O-N=C(R 7 )-, R 7 and said adjacently attached R 10 can be taken together as -(CH 2 ) r -J- such that J is attached to Z; Z is selected from d e group C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl; phenyl; naphthalenyl; anthracenyl; phenanthrenyl; lH-pyrrolyl; furanyl; thienyl; lH-pyrazolyl; lH-imidazolyl; isoxazolyl; oxazolyl; isothiazolyl; thiazolyl; l//-l,2,3-triazolyl; 2//-l,2,3-triazolyl; lH-l,2,4-triazolyl; 4//-l,2,4-triazolyl; 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl; 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl; 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl; 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl; 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl; 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl; 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl; 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl; lH-tetrazolyl; 2H-tetrazolyl; pyridinyl; pyridazinyl; pyrimidinyl; pyrazinyi; 1 ,3,5-triazinyl; 1,2,4-triazinyl; 1,2,4,5-tetrazinyl; lH-indolyl; benzofuranyl; benzo[6]thiophenyl; l -indazolyl; lH-benzimidazolyl; benzoxazolyl; benzothiazolyl; quinolinyl; isoquinolinyl; cinnolinyl; phthalazinyl; quinazolinyl; quinoxalinyl; 1,8-naphthyridinyl; pteridinyl; 2,3-dihydro-lH-indenyl; 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalenyl; 6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5 -benzocycloheptenyl; 5,6,7,8,9,10-hexahyc * oberιzocyclooctenyl; 2,3-dihydro-3-oxobenzofuranyl; 1 ,3-dihydro- 1 -oxoisobenzofuranyl; 2,3-dihydro-2-oxobenzofiιranyl; 3 ,4-dihydro-4-oxo-2H- 1 -benzopyrany 1 ; 3 ,4-dihydro- 1 -oxo- 1 H-2-benzopyranyl ; 3,4-dihydro-3-oxo- 1 H-2-benzopyranyl; 3 ,4-dihydro-2-oxo-2H- 1 -benzopyrany 1 ; 4-oxo-4H- 1 -benzopyrany 1 ; 2-oxo-2H- 1 -benzopyranyl; 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-5-oxo- 1 -benzoxepinyl; 2,3 ,4,5-tetrahydro-2-oxo- 1 -benzoxepinyl ; 2,3-dihydro-l ,3-dioxo-lH-isoindolyl; 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro- 1 ,3-dioxoisoquinolinyl; 3,4-dihydro-2,4-dioxo-2H-l,3-benzoxazinyl; 2-oxo-l,3-benzodioxolyl; 2,3-dihydro-l, l,3-trioxo-l,2-benzisothiazolyl; 9//-fluorenyl; azulenyl; and thiazolo[2,3-c]-l,2,4-triazolyl; each group substituted with R 9 and optionally substituted with one or more R 10 ; and R 15 is Η; C r C 3 alkyl; or C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl. 3. A compound of Claim 2 wherein: E is selected from the group 1 ,2-phenylene; 1,6-, 1,7-, 1,2-, and 2,3-naphthalenediyl; 2,3- and 3,4-furandiyl; 2,3- and 3,4-thiophenediyl; 2,3- and 3,4-pyridinediyl; 4,5-pyrimidinediyl; 2,4-, 2,7-, 3,5-, 2,3-, 4,5-, 5,6- and 6,7-benzofurandiyl; and benzo[έ]thiophene-2,4-, 2,7-, 3,5-, 2,3-, 4,5-, 5,6- and 6,7-diyl; each aromatic ring system optionally substituted with one of R 3 , R 4 , or both R 3 and R 4 ; Z is selected from the group phenyl; naphthalenyl; 2-thiazolyl; 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl; 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl; 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl; 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl; pyridinyl; and pyrimidinyl; each group substituted with R 9 and optionally substituted with one or more R 10 ; R 7 is H; C r C 6 alkyl; C r C 6 haloalkyl; C C 6 alkoxy; C,-C 6 alkylthio; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -Cg alkynyl; cyclopropyl; halogen; or cyano; R 9 is C 3 -Cg cycloalkyl substituted with at least one member selected from 1-2 halogen, 1-2 Cj-C 3 alkyl, 1-2 C C 3 alkoxy, and one Z 3 ; C 3 -C 6 cycloalkoxy optionally substituted with at least one member selected from 1-2 halogen, 1-2 C r C 3 alkyl, 1-2 C r C 3 alkoxy, and one Z 3 ; C r C 6 haloalkylsulfinyl; C r C 6 haloalkylsulfonyl; thiocyanato; SiR 22 R R 24 ; GeR 22 R 23 R 24 ; (R2 5 ) 3 Si-CsC-; C(=O)R 29 ; C(=O)OR 30 ; S(O) 2 OR 26 ; S(O)2N(R 6) 2 ; or OS(O) 2 R 27 ; or R 9 is benzyloxy, phenylethynyl, phenoxymethyl, phenylthio, phenylsulfonyl, benzylthio, pyridinylmethyloxy, pyridinyloxymethyl, pyridinylethynyl or furanyloxy, each optionally substituted on the aromatic ring with one of R 1 1, R 12 , or both R 1 1 and R 12 ; or R 9 is C 2 -C 6 alkyl or C 2 -Cg alkoxy substituted with 1-2 phenyl, naphthalenyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, thienyl or furanyl, each aromatic ring optionally substituted with one of R 1 , R 12 , or both R 1 1 and R 12 ; or R 9 is -A 4 -Z 4 ; each R 10 is independently halogen; Cj-C haloalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; nitro; cyano; Si(R 25 ) 3 ; or (R 5 ) 3 Si-CsC-; or when Y and an R 10 are attached to adjacent atoms on Z and Y is -CH 2 O-N=C(R 7 )-, R 7 and said adjacently attached R 10 can be taken together as -(CH 2 ) r J- such that J is attached to Z; J is -CH 2 - or -CH 2 CH 2 -; Z 3 is phenyl, furanyl, thienyl or pyridinyl, each optionally substituted with one of R 1 1, R 12 , or both R 11 and R 12 ; A 4 is a direct bond; Z 4 is 1,3-benzodioxolyl optionally substituted with one of R 1 l , R 12 , or both R 11 and R 12 ; and r is 1. 4. A compound of Claim 3 wherein: E is selected from the group 1,2-phenylene; 2,3- and 3,4-thiophenediyl; and 2,3- and 3,4-pyridinediyl; each aromatic ring system optionally substituted with one of R 3 , R 4 , or both R 3 and R 4 ; A is O or N; X is OR 1 ; R 1 is C r C 3 alkyl; R 2 is H or C r C 2 alkyl; Y is -O-; -S(O) n -; -NR 1 *-; -C(=O)-; -CH^R 1 *)-; -CH 2 -; -CH 2 CH 2 -; -CH=CH-; -OC-; -CH 2 O-; -OCH 2 -; -CH 2 S(O) n -; -S(O) n CH ; -CH 2 O-N=C(R 7 )-; -(R 7 )C=N-OCH(R 1 5)-; -CH 2 OC(=O)NH-; -CH 2 S-C(R 7 )=N-; or a direct bond; Z is selected from the group phenyl; 2-thiazolyl; 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl; pyridinyl; and pyrimidinyl; each group substituted with R 9 and optionally substituted with one or more R 10 ; R 7 is H; C,-C 3 alkyl; C r C 3 haloalkyl; C r C 3 alkoxy; C r C 3 alkylthio; or cyclopropyl; and R 15 is H; Cj-C 3 alkyl; or cyclopropyl. 5. A compound of Claim 4 wherein: R 1 is methyl; R 2 is methyl; Y is -O-; -CH 2 O-; -CH 2 O-N=C(R 7 )-; or -(R 7 )C=N-OCH(R 15 )-; R 9 is C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl substituted with one Z 3 ; C 3 -Cg cycloalkoxy; SiR 22 R 23 R 24 ; GeR 22 R 23 R 24 ; (R 25 ) 3 Si-0≡C-; S(O) 2 OR 26 ; S(O) 2 N(R 26 ) 2 ; or OS(O)2R 27 ; or R 9 is benzyloxy or pyridinylmethyloxy, each optionally substituted on the aromatic ring with one of R 1 l , R 12 , or both R 1 * and R 12 ; or R 9 is C 2 -Cg alkyl substituted with phenyl optionally substituted with one of R 1 -, R 12 , or both R 1 » and R 12 ; or R 9 is -A 4 -Z 4 ; each R * ° is independently halogen; C j -C 4 haloalkyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; or Si(R 25 ) 3 ; and Z 3 is phenyl optionally substituted with one of R 11 , R 12 , or both R 1 1 and R 12 . 6. A compound of Claim 5 wherein: Y is -O- or -CH 2 O-N=C(R 7 )-; and R 9 is C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl substituted with one Z 3 ; C 3 -C 6 cycloalkoxy; SiR R 23 R 24 ; GeR R 2 R 24 ; or (R 5) 3 Si-C≡C-; or R is benzyloxy optionally substituted on the aromatic ring with one of R 1 ! , R 12 , or both R 1 ' and R 12 ; or R 9 is -A 4 -Z 4 . 7. The compound of Claim 6 which is selected from the group: 4-[2-[[3-( 1 ,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)- 1 ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl]oxy]phenyl]-2,4-dihydro- 5-methoxy-2-methyl-3H- 1 ,2,4-triazol-3-one; 4-[2-[[[[l-[3-[dimethyl(3,3,3- trifluoropropyl)silyl]phenyl]ethylidene]amino]oxy]methyl]phenyl]-2,4- dihydro-5-methoxy-2-methyl-3H- 1 ,2,4-triazol-3-one; 4-[2-[3-[(2-chlorophenyl)methoxy]phenoxy]phenyl]-2,4-dihydro-5-methoxy-2- methyl-3H- 1 ,2,4-triazol-3-one; 4-[2-[[3-[l-(4-chlorophenyl)cyclopropyl]-l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl]oxy]phenyl]- 2,4-dihydro-5-methoxy-2-methyl-3 - 1 ,2,4-triazol-3-one; 4-[2-[[3-[ 1 -(4-chlorophenyl)cyclopropyl]- 1 ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl]oxy]-6- methylphenyl]-2,4-dihydro-5-methoxy-2-methyl-3H- 1 ,2,4-triazol-3 -one; 2,4-dihydro-5-methoxy-2-methyl-4-[2-[[[[l-[3- [tris(ttifluoromethyl)gennyl]phenyl]e ylidene]arnino]oxy]methyl]phenyl]-3H " - 1 ,2,4-triazol-3-one; and 2,4-dihydro-5-methoxy-2-methyl-4-[2-[3-[2- (trimethylsilyl)ethynyl]phenoxy]phenyl]-3 - 1 ,2,4-triazol-3-one. 8. A fimgicidal composition comprising a fungicidally effective amount of a compound of Claim 1 and at least one of a surfactant, a solid diluent or a liquid diluent. 9. A method for controlling plant diseases caused by fungal plant pathogens comprising applying to the plant or portion thereof, or to the plant seed or seedling, a fungicidally effective amount of a compound of Claim 1. 10. An arthropodicidal composition comprising an arthropodicidally effective amount of a compound of Claim 1 and at least one of a surfactant, a solid diluent or a liquid diluent. 11. A method for controlling arthropods comprising contacting the arthropods or their environment with an arthropodicidally effective amount of a compound of Claim 1.

Inventors: BROWN RICHARD JAMES, CHAN DOMINIC MING-TAK, CLARK DAVID ALAN, DRUMM JOSEPH EUGENE III, KOETHER GERARD MICHAEL, MCCANN STEPHEN FREDERICK, RORER MORRIS PADGETT, SELBY THOMAS PAUL, WALKER MICHAEL PAUL, BROWN, RICHARD, JAMES, CHAN, DOMINIC, MING-TAK, CLARK, DAVID, ALAN, DRUMM, JOSEPH, EUGENE, III, KOETHER, GERARD, MICHAEL, MCCANN, STEPHEN, FREDERICK, RORER, MORRIS, PADGETT, SELBY, THOMAS, PAUL, WALKER, MICHAEL, PAUL
Applicants: BROWN RICHARD JAMES, CHAN DOMINIC MING TAK, CLARK DAVID ALAN, DRUMM JOSEPH EUGENE III, DU PONT, KOETHER GERARD MICHAEL, MCCANN STEPHEN FREDERICK, RORER MORRIS PADGETT, SELBY THOMAS PAUL, WALKER MICHAEL PAUL, BROWN, RICHARD, JAMES, CHAN, DOMINIC, MING-TAK, CLARK, DAVID, ALAN, DRUMM, JOSEPH, EUGENE, III, E.I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY, KOETHER, GERARD, MICHAEL, MCCANN, STEPHEN, FREDERICK, RORER, MORRIS, PADGETT, SELBY, THOMAS, PAUL, WALKER, MICHAEL, PAUL
Application year: 1997
Main classification: C07D249
IPC codes: A01N43, C07D249, C07D261, C07D401, C07D403, C07D405, C07D413, C07D417, C07F7